BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B7.2
Alcatel
Thursday, March 13, 2003
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Alcatel
BSC parameters
Logical name A_LEV_HO HMI name A_LEV_HO
Type Number
Definition Window size for level averages for handover.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 8
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS TypeExplanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 2
Alcatel
Logical name A_LEV_MCHO HMI name A_LEV_MCHO
Type Number
Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover.
Min value 1 Max value 15
Def value 2
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = MicrocellExplanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO <= 16. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name A_LEV_PC HMI name A_LEV_PC
Type Number
Definition Window size for level averages for power control.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 4
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC
Internal comment Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 3
Alcatel
Logical name A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR
Type Number
Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry.
Min value 1 Max value 15
Def value 4
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name A_PBGT_HO HMI name A_PBGT_HO
Type Number
Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 16
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS TypeExplanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 4
Alcatel
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
Type Number
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation.
Min value 1 Max value 61
Def value 61
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Type Number
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation.
Min value 1 Max value 61
Def value 8
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 5
Alcatel
Logical name A_QUAL_HO HMI name A_QUAL_HO
Type Number
Definition Window size for quality averages for handover.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 8
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS TypeExplanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name A_QUAL_PC HMI name A_QUAL_PC
Type Number
Definition Window size for quality averages for power control.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 4
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC
Internal comment Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 6
Alcatel
Logical name A_RANGE_HO HMI name A_RANGE_HO
Type Number
Definition Window size for distance averages.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 8
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Type Number
Definition Window size for load averages.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 7
Alcatel
Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_1 HMI name AC 1
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 8
Alcatel
Logical name AC_11 HMI name AC 11
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_12 HMI name AC 12
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 9
Alcatel
Logical name AC_13 HMI name AC 13
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_14 HMI name AC 14
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 10
Alcatel
Logical name AC_15 HMI name AC 15
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 15 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_2 HMI name AC 2
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 2 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 11
Alcatel
Logical name AC_3 HMI name AC 3
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 3 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_4 HMI name AC 4
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 4 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 12
Alcatel
Logical name AC_5 HMI name AC 5
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 5 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_6 HMI name AC 6
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 6 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 13
Alcatel
Logical name AC_7 HMI name AC 7
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 7 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_8 HMI name AC 8
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 8 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 14
Alcatel
Logical name AC_9 HMI name AC 9
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Access Class 9 is barred.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P1
Type Number
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Min value 10 Max value 15
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 15
Alcatel
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P2
Type Number
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Min value 10 Max value 15
Def value 15
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P3
Type Number
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Min value 10 Max value 15
Def value 14
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 16
Alcatel
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P4
Type Number
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Min value 10 Max value 15
Def value 13
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P5
Type Number
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Min value 10 Max value 15
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 17
Alcatel
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P6
Type Number
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Min value 10 Max value 15
Def value 11
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters.1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 18
Alcatel
Logical name ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON
Type Timer
Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 15
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ADDR_TR HMI name ADDR_TR
Type Threshold
Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 60
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 19
Alcatel
Logical name AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH
Type Flag
Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when BS_ AG_BLKS_RES = 1.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Mandatory rules if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS )if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed)if BS_AG_BLKS_RES > 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden).
Recommended rules --
Internal comment If BCCH_EXT = 0 (false), then BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 is possible, the flag should not be used.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ALLOC_ANYWAY HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY
Type Flag
Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 20
Alcatel
Logical name ALPHA (BSC) HMI name ALPHA
Type Number
Definition Alpha power control parameter.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010
Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AMR_FR_HYST HMI name AMR_FR_HYST
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation.
Min value 0 Max value 7.5
Def value 2
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3).
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s).Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 21
Alcatel
Logical name AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET
Type Reference
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
Min value 0 Max value 240
Def value 164
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1).
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AMR_FR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode.
Min value 0 Max value 31.5
Def value 6.5
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 22
Alcatel
Logical name AMR_FR_THR_2 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.
Min value 0 Max value 31.5
Def value 11.5
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AMR_FR_THR_3 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.
Min value 0 Max value 31.5
Def value 11.5
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 23
Alcatel
Logical name AMR_HR_HYST HMI name AMR_HR_HYST
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation.
Min value 0 Max value 7.5
Def value 2
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3).
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AMR_HR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET
Type Reference
Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
Min value 0 Max value 60
Def value 22
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset;
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 24
Alcatel
Logical name AMR_HR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode.
Min value 0 Max value 31.5
Def value 11
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AMR_HR_THR_2 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.
Min value 0 Max value 31.5
Def value 12.5
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 25
Alcatel
Logical name AMR_HR_THR_3 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.
Min value 0 Max value 31.5
Def value 12.5
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_FR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR
Type Reference
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 4
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 26
Alcatel
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_HR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR
Type Reference
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 4
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s.
Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be avoided.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.09
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 27
Alcatel
Logical name AUT_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AUTO_DSC HMI name AUTO_DSC
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 28
Alcatel
Logical name B_NUM HMI name B_NUM
Type Number
Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst.
Min value 1 Max value 35
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BCC (BSC) HMI name BCC
Type Number
Definition BTS colour code of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 29
Alcatel
Logical name BCCH_EXT HMI name BCCH_EXT
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: false, 1:true
Mandatory rules BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium onewhen BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true.
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection durationii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 30
Alcatel
Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY
Type Number
Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.
Min value 0 Max value 1023
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0 = dummy value at initialisation
Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover Preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 31
Alcatel
Logical name BF_HI_TX HMI name BF_HI_TX
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Min value 0 Max value 30
Def value 16
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 32
Alcatel
Logical name BF_LO_TX HMI name BF_LO_TX
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Min value 0 Max value 30
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES
Type Number
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH).
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cellwhen BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
Recommended rules --
Internal comment At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = “CBH” or “SDH” in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel. This check is done by the OMC only towards B7.2 BSS.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.02
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 33
Alcatel
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_CV_MAX
Type Number
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered.One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.
Min value 1 Max value 15
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations.If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 34
Alcatel
Logical name BS_P_CON_ACK HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 3
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_P_CON_INT HMI name BS_P_CON_INT
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 1
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 35
Alcatel
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS
Type Number
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group.
Min value 2 Max value 9
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.02
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX
Type Number
Definition BTS maximum allowed transmission power.
Min value -30 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MINEqual to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 36
Alcatel
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
Type Number
Definition BTS maximum allowed transmission power used for the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell.
Min value -30 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN
Type Number
Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power.
Min value -30 Max value 0
Def value -24
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAXBS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 37
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
Type Flag
Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1]
Type Reference
Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 38
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [10]
Type Reference
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [11]
Type Reference
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 39
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [12]
Type Reference
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [13]
Type Reference
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 40
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [14]
Type Reference
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [15]
Type Reference
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 41
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [2]
Type Reference
Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [3]
Type Reference
Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 42
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [4]
Type Reference
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [5]
Type Reference
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 43
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [6]
Type Reference
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [7]
Type Reference
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 44
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [8]
Type Reference
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [9]
Type Reference
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 45
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]
Type Reference
Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10]
Type Reference
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 46
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [11]
Type Reference
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [12]
Type Reference
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 47
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [13]
Type Reference
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]
Type Reference
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 48
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [15]
Type Reference
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [2]
Type Reference
Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 49
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [3]
Type Reference
Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [4]
Type Reference
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 50
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [5]
Type Reference
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [6]
Type Reference
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 51
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [7]
Type Reference
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [8]
Type Reference
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 52
Alcatel
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [9]
Type Reference
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSIC (GSM) HMI name BSIC
Type Abstract
Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC.
Min value # Max value #
Def value #
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC)
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 53
Alcatel
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 2
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 54
Alcatel
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 3
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 4
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 55
Alcatel
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 5
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 6
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 56
Alcatel
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 7
Type List of numbers
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 7
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry
Type Flag
Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Never, 1: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0, 2: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0 and A5/1 not supported
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Classmark handling
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 57
Alcatel
Logical name BTS_CIPH_CAP HMI name ciphering capabilities
Type Flag
Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported.bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMC-R.Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Ciphering procedure
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously.
Min value 0 Max value 64
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 58
Alcatel
Logical name Call_user_data_sel HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector
Type Reference
Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes.The default string is an empty string.The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255].
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
Type Flag
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a “general capture” handover.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 59
Alcatel
Logical name CBC_window HMI name CBC_Window
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabledshall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CBC_X25_primary_address HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address
Type Reference
Definition CBC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 60
Alcatel
Logical name CBC_X25_secondary_address HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address
Type Reference
Definition CBC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CCCH_CONF (BSC) HMI name CCCH_CONF
Type Flag
Definition Configuration of the CCCH.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined
Mandatory rules CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules --
Internal comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 61
Alcatel
Logical name CELL_BAR_ACCESS HMI name Administrative cell Barring
Type Flag
Definition This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is changeable via “bar-cell” and “debar-cell” operator commands.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
Type Flag
Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 62
Alcatel
Logical name CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE HMI name Cell Dimension
Type Flag
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CELL_EV HMI name CELL_EVALUATION
Type Flag
Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 63
Alcatel
Logical name CELL_LAYER_TYPE HMI name Cell Layer
Type Flag
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer cell.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.In addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the Cell_Layer_Type as in B6. Therefore, if Cell_Layer_Type (B7) = “Indoor Layer (3)”, then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is Cell_Layer_Type (B6) = “Lower Layer (2)”.
Recommended rules The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Indoor layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer cells
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE HMI name Cell Partition
Type Flag
Definition Determines if the cell is concentric.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: No partition, 1: Concentric
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM-DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800".
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 64
Alcatel
Logical name CELL_RANGE HMI name Cell Range
Type Flag
Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Type Number
Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state.
Min value 0 Max value 14
Def value 6
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 65
Alcatel
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET HMI name cell_RESELECT_OFFSET
Type Number
Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion.
Min value 0 Max value 126
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
Type Flag
Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced by sentences in subsequent versions)
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 66
Alcatel
Logical name CGI_REQD HMI name CGI_REQUIRED
Type Flag
Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CI (BSC) HMI name cell Identity (CI)
Type Reference
Definition Cell Identity.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to CI (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 67
Alcatel
Logical name CIC HMI name Circuit Identity Code
Type Reference
Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance A ch
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Coding_Scheme HMI name Coding_Scheme
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the coding schemes that are supported by the BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 4
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: CS1 only, 1: CS1 and CS2, 2: CS1 to CS4, 3: CS1 to CS4 and MCS1 to MCS9, 4: No GPRS
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The value of this parameter is deduced from the parameter "EGPRS-Capability" (see BSS O&M Parameters) and sent to the MFS via BSCGP in the field called CS_Capability
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Not linked to a document
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 68
Alcatel
Logical name COUNT_DECR HMI name COUNT_DECR
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
Type Threshold
Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload.
Min value 0 Max value 50
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 69
Alcatel
Logical name COUNT_INCR_1 HMI name COUNT_INCR_1
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name COUNT_INCR_2 HMI name COUNT_INCR_2
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 70
Alcatel
Logical name CRC_MON HMI name CRC_MON
Type Timer
Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CRC_TR HMI name CRC_TR
Type Threshold
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 50
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 71
Alcatel
Logical name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN
Type Number
Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause “Power budget” when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s).
Min value 0 Max value 24
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DELTA_INC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN
Type Number
Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause “Power budget” when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s).
Min value 0 Max value 24
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 72
Alcatel
Logical name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE HMI name Downlink DTX
Type Flag
Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 73
Alcatel
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 74
Alcatel
Logical name DPC HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code
Type Reference
Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 16383
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 14 bits
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX
Type Number
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Min value 0 Max value 4
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 75
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX
Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options (BCCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in “cell Options (SACCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel ratefor TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=mayfor TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 76
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR FR and AMR HR.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel ratefor TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=mayfor TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 77
Alcatel
Logical name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER
Type Number
Definition Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies.
Min value 0 Max value 1023
Def value 252
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DWELL_TIME_STEP HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP
Type Number
Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME.
Min value 0 Max value 30
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 78
Alcatel
Logical name EC HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EC_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 79
Alcatel
Logical name ECSC HMI name ECSC
Type Flag
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Classmark handling
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
Type Number
Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 13
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 8 bits
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 80
Alcatel
Logical name EDR_MSG_ORDER HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER
Type Flag
Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 81
Alcatel
Logical name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EFR_ENABLED HMI name EFR_ENABLED
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 82
Alcatel
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)
HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
Type Flag
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection durationii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PS services is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMO BTS.Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 83
Alcatel
Logical name EN_AMR_CA HMI name EN_AMR_CA
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and 27).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1}
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_AMR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_FR
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 84
Alcatel
Logical name EN_AMR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_HR
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_BALANCED_CI HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 85
Alcatel
Logical name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “too high level in outer zone” handover cause (cause 13).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) HMI name EN_Bi-BAND_MS
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 86
Alcatel
Logical name EN_BS_PC HMI name EN_BS_PC
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 87
Alcatel
Logical name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_DATA_144 HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 88
Alcatel
Logical name EN_DIST_HO HMI name EN_DIST_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “distance” handover cause (cause 6).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_DR HMI name Directed_Retry
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 89
Alcatel
Logical name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION HMI name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION
Type Flag
Definition Enables/disables the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell load variation.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1 enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment If flag is set to enabled (1), the parameter Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS is not used and the values of T_PDCH_Inactivity and T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last can be increased.The value of HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS can then also be set to a higher value (for example: 90%) assuming that LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 90
Alcatel
Logical name EN_EXT_DR HMI name EN_EDR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable.
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 91
Alcatel
Logical name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_FORCED_DR HMI name EN_FORCED_DR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the “Forced Directed Retry” handover cause detection.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 92
Alcatel
Logical name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
Type Flag
Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a “dual rate, half-rate preferred”, to allocate a full rate channel.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “general capture” handover cause (cause 24).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 93
Alcatel
Logical name EN_GPRS HMI name Enable GPRS
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules EN_GPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_IC_HO HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 94
Alcatel
Logical name EN_IM_ASS_REJ HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 95
Alcatel
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL HMI name EN_INTRA_DL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) for AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 96
Alcatel
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL HMI name EN_INTRA_UL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 97
Alcatel
Logical name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
Type Flag
Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 98
Alcatel
Logical name EN_LNK_M HMI name EN_LNK_M
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_LOAD_BALANCE HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE
Type Flag
Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 99
Alcatel
Logical name EN_LOAD_EGSM HMI name EN_LOAD_EGSM
Type Flag
Definition Allows to take into account TCH resources of G1 TRXs for load evaluation.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is only significant if there is at least one G1 TRX in the cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_LOAD_MNGT HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH load
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 100
Alcatel
Logical name EN_LOAD_ORDER HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_LOAD_OUTER HMI name Load computation in outer zone
Type Flag
Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation.EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 101
Alcatel
Logical name EN_MA_SELECTION HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_DL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink micro-cell” handover cause (cause 18).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 102
Alcatel
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_UL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink mirco-cell ” handover cause (cause 17).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_MCHO_NCELL HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “high level in neighbour micro-cell” handover cause (cause 14).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer.
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 103
Alcatel
Logical name EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “consecutive bad SACCH frames” handover cause (cause 7).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_MS_PC HMI name EN_MS_PC
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 104
Alcatel
Logical name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 between different band cells.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_PBGT_FILTERING HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 105
Alcatel
Logical name EN_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_PBGT_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “power budget” handover cause (cause 12).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_PCR HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission flag
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference Not linked to a document
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 106
Alcatel
Logical name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 107
Alcatel
Logical name EN_RESCUE_UM HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA
Type Flag
Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_RL_RECOV HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 108
Alcatel
Logical name EN_RXLEV_DL HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink” handover cause (cause 5).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_RXLEV_UL HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink” handover cause (cause 3).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 109
Alcatel
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_DL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality downlink” handover cause (cause 4).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_UL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality uplink” handover cause (cause 2).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 110
Alcatel
Logical name EN_SEND_CM3 HMI name Forward_CM_3
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables sending of “Classmark 3” IE to the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Classmark handling
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls “Current channel” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 111
Alcatel
Logical name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls “Speech version (used)” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_SI13_EXT HMI name EN_SI13_EXT
Type Flag
Definition Flag to enable or disable the broadcast of SI13 on extended BCCH., when the extended BCCH is configured.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: normal/ 1: extended BCCH.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment EN_SI13_EXT is not meaningful when BCCH extended is not configured
RMS template No
B7.2 No
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 112
Alcatel
Logical name EN_SPEED_DISC HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to “Extended inner” or “Extended outer”.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CELL_TYPE = “extended inner” at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = “inner cell” in the BSC. CELL_TYPE = “extended outer” at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = “outer cell” in the BSC.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Internal channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 113
Alcatel
Logical name EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these TCHs before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set.In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 114
Alcatel
Logical name EN_TFO HMI name EN_TFO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference TFO Functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_TFO_MATCH HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference TFO Functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 115
Alcatel
Logical name EN_TFO_OPT HMI name EN_TFO_OPT
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference TFO Functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “traffic” handover cause (cause 23).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 116
Alcatel
Logical name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EXT_HO_FORCED HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED
Type Flag
Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 117
Alcatel
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
Type List of numbers
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies
Min value 0 Max value 3276.6
Def value -1
Unit MHz
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS)Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of “-1” indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided.When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the value of “-1” indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is provided.
This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 118
Alcatel
Logical name FDD_Qmin(BSC) HMI name FDD_Qmin
Type Threshold
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Min value -20 Max value -13
Def value -20
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 119
Alcatel
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (BSC) HMI name FDD_Qoffset
Type Number
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Min value -32 Max value 28
Def value -32
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible1: -28: -28 dB2: -24: -24 dB3: -20: -20 dB4: -16: -16 dB5: -12: -12 dB6: -8: -8 dB7: -4: -4 dB8: 0: 0 dB9: 4: 4 dB10: 8: 8 dB11: 12: 12 dB12: 16: 16 dB13: 20: 20 dB14: 24: 24 dB15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a 3G cell if possible”
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 120
Alcatel
Logical name Filter_Suspend_Cause HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause
Type Number
Definition This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111): Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name FORBID_AMR_NS HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS
Type Flag
Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM 04.18
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 121
Alcatel
Logical name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
Type Flag
Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED HMI name TFO HR when loaded
Type Flag
Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR.If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 122
Alcatel
Logical name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR HMI name Force TFO versus AMR
Type Flag
Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used)
Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1)
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Freefactor_1 HMI name Free_Factor_1
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 123
Alcatel
Logical name Freefactor_2 HMI name Free_Factor_2
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Freefactor_3 HMI name Free_Factor_3
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 124
Alcatel
Logical name Freefactor_4 HMI name Free_Factor_4
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Freefactor_5 HMI name Free_Factor_5
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 125
Alcatel
Logical name Freelevel_1 HMI name Free_Level_1
Type Number
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Freelevel_2 HMI name Free_Level_2
Type Number
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 126
Alcatel
Logical name Freelevel_3 HMI name Free_Level_3
Type Number
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Freelevel_4 HMI name Free_Level_4
Type Number
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 127
Alcatel
Logical name Freelevel_DR(n) HMI name Free_Level_DR
Type Threshold
Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 128
Alcatel
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE
Type Flag
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory rules if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" .In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC.The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Values “4” and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.Note that in B7.1, GSM850 is not supported (i.e. B7.1 range [0,5]).
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs.Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values:- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands",- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",- GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 129
Alcatel
Logical name GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name H_LOAD_OBJ HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ
Type Threshold
Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 10%
Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 130
Alcatel
Logical name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Type Number
Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Min value 0 Max value 120
Def value 20
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Type Threshold
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 131
Alcatel
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
Type Threshold
Definition In the basic PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm this Load threshold is used to determine when traffic load is high or indefinite for GPRS resources. In the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold indicates the maximum number of busy radio resources in the cell before the BSC asks the MFS to decrease the number of allocated PDCHs.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment If EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled and LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3, the value of this parameter can be set to a higher value (for example: 90%).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTERCELL_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 132
Alcatel
Logical name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTRACELL_HO
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set indepentently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST
Type Number
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes.
Min value -127 Max value 127
Def value 2
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 133
Alcatel
Logical name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV
Type Number
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes.
Min value -127 Max value 127
Def value 2
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL
Type Number
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes
Min value -127 Max value 127
Def value 1
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 134
Alcatel
Logical name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT HMI name SDCCH_HO
Type Flag
Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name HOmargin (0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN
Type Number
Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO.
Min value -127 Max value 127
Def value 5
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 135
Alcatel
Logical name HR_ENABLED HMI name HR_ENABLED
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name I_TX_LAPD HMI name I_TX_LAPD
Type Number
Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length.
Min value 5 Max value 204
Def value 105
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 136
Alcatel
Logical name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates whether or not an external 2Mbit failure is ignored.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : extern 2Mbit failure not ignored, 1 : extern 2Mbit failure ignored
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Type Threshold
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 137
Alcatel
Logical name INTAVE HMI name INTAVE
Type Timer
Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots.
Min value 1 Max value 31
Def value 10
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1 Samfr
Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name INTFBD1 HMI name Interference bands 1-2 limit
Type Number
Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -100
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 138
Alcatel
Logical name INTFBD2 HMI name Interference bands 2-3 limit
Type Number
Definition Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -95
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name INTFBD3 HMI name Interference bands 3-4 limit
Type Number
Definition Limit between interference band 3 and interference band 4.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -90
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 > INTFBD2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 139
Alcatel
Logical name INTFBD4 HMI name Interference bands 4-5 limit
Type Number
Definition Limit between interference band 4 and interference band 5.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -85
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules INTFBD5 > INTFBD4 > INTFBD3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name INTFBD5 HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit
Type Number
Definition Upper limit of interference band 5.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -47
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 140
Alcatel
Logical name K_GSL (BSC) HMI name K_GSL (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 7
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all cells of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (MFS).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 141
Alcatel
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 9
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 142
Alcatel
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 16
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 143
Alcatel
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 7
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 16
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 144
Alcatel
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial
Type Number
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 7
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name KEEP_CODEC_HO HMI name Keep codec on handover
Type Flag
Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 145
Alcatel
Logical name L_LOAD_OBJ HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ
Type Threshold
Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 60
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 10%
Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Type Number
Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Min value 0 Max value 120
Def value 8
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 146
Alcatel
Logical name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO
Type Threshold
Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -85
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H
Type Threshold
Definition Downlink level threshold for handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -96
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P.L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_PIf CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”:RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 147
Alcatel
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -85
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR
Type Threshold
Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -110
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 148
Alcatel
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H
Type Threshold
Definition Uplink level threshold for handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -100
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_PIf CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”:RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -90
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 149
Alcatel
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Type Threshold
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Higher value is the worst quality
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR
Type Threshold
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4.5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 150
Alcatel
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Higher value is the worst quality
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H
Type Threshold
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Higher value is the worst quality
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 151
Alcatel
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
Type Threshold
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4.5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Higher value is the worst quality
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 152
Alcatel
Logical name L_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE
Type Threshold
Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause “too short distance” in outer cell.
Min value 0 Max value 63
Def value 0
Unit bper
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LAC (BSC) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC)
Type Reference
Definition Location Area Code.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to LAC (MFS)A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 153
Alcatel
Logical name LB_DECR HMI name LB_DECR
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LB_INCR HMI name LB_INCR
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 154
Alcatel
Logical name Linkfactor (0,n) HMI name Link_factor
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n.
Min value -24 Max value 24
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 155
Alcatel
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
Type Timer
Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging for the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm.
Min value 3 Max value 30
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Loadfactor_1 HMI name Load_Factor_1
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 156
Alcatel
Logical name Loadfactor_2 HMI name Load_Factor_2
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Loadfactor_3 HMI name Load_Factor_3
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 157
Alcatel
Logical name Loadfactor_4 HMI name Load_Factor_4
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Loadfactor_5 HMI name Load_Factor_5
Type Number
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell.
Min value -16 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 158
Alcatel
Logical name Loadlevel_1 HMI name Load_Level_1
Type Number
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 50
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Loadlevel_2 HMI name Load_Level_2
Type Number
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 60
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 159
Alcatel
Logical name Loadlevel_3 HMI name Load_Level_3
Type Number
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Loadlevel_4 HMI name Load_Level_4
Type Number
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 90
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 160
Alcatel
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Type Threshold
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
Type Threshold
Definition Load threshold used in basic GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm to determine when traffic load is low for GPRS resources. In the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold is not used.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 50
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 161
Alcatel
Logical name LSA_ID_array (BSC) HMI name LSA_ID_I
Type Number
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).
Min value 0 Max value 16777215
Def value 16777215
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS)
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
Internal comment The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC.The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.03
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LSA_OFFSET HMI name LSA_OFFSET
Type Number
Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities.
Min value 0 Max value 64
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 162
Alcatel
Logical name M_PEND_A HMI name M_PEND_A
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of received I-frame before sending acknowledgement.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name M1 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step
Type Number
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step.
Min value 0 Max value 5
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 163
Alcatel
Logical name M2 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in one step
Type Number
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step.
Min value 1 Max value 5
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_LAPS HMI name MAX_LAPS
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link.
Min value 1 Max value 5
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 164
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_POW_INC HMI name MAX_POW_INC
Type Number
Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command.
Min value 2 Max value 16
Def value 8
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_POW_RED HMI name MAX_POW_RED
Type Number
Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command.
Min value 2 Max value 16
Def value 8
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 165
Alcatel
Logical name Max_retrans (BSC) HMI name MAX_RETRANS
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_TRC_NUMBER HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 20
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 166
Alcatel
Logical name MCC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
Type Reference
Definition Mobile Country Code.
Min value 0 Max value 999
Def value 999
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance OMC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules 3 digits BCD
Mandatory rules Equal to MCC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with POLO.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 10
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 167
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 20
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 168
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 30
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 40
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 169
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 170
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 171
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]
Type Number
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 172
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 173
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_4
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_5
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 174
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_6
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_7
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 14
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 175
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_8
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 18
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_9
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 24
Def value 22
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 176
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value -12
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value -9
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 177
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value -6
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_4
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value -3
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 178
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_5
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_6
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value 3
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 179
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_7
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value 6
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_8
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value 9
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 180
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_9
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -62 Max value 62
Def value 12
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -53
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 181
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -60
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -66
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 182
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_4
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -72
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_5
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -79
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 183
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_6
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -85
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_7
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -91
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 184
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_8
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -97
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_9
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value -48
Def value -104
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 185
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value -50
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value -30
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 186
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value -20
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_4
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value -10
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 187
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_5
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_6
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value 10
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 188
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_7
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value 20
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_8
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value 30
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 189
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_9
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value -109 Max value 109
Def value 50
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 1
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 190
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 4
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 8
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 191
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_4
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 12
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_5
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 14
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 192
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_6
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 16
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_7
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 18
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 193
Alcatel
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_8
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 20
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_9
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 22
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 194
Alcatel
Logical name MIN_CONNECT_TIME HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME
Type Timer
Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS “fast” when leaving the cell with a handover.
Min value 0 Max value 120
Def value 40
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MNC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
Type Reference
Definition Mobile Network Code.
Min value 0 Max value 999
Def value 999
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance OMC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules 3 digits BCD
Mandatory rules Equal to MNC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with OEF7. In the CDE table and the Atomfile, this parameter is split into three separate digits (MNC_i [1] (BSC), MNC_i [2] (BSC), MNC_i [3] (BSC)).
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table.MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 195
Alcatel
Logical name MS_P_CON_ACK HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 3
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MS_P_CON_INT HMI name MS_P_CON_INT
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 2
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 196
Alcatel
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX
Type Number
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MINIn addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore:In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “11 dBm (16)” or “9 dBm (17) or “7 dBm (18)” or “5 dBm (19)”, then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “13 dBm (15)”.In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “2 dBm (14)” or “0 dBm (15)”, then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “4 dBm (13)”.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1)The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 197
Alcatel
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX
Type Number
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MINIn addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore:In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “11 dBm (16)” or “9 dBm (17) or “7 dBm (18)” or “5 dBm (19)”, then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “13 dBm (15)”.In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “2 dBm (14)” or “0 dBm (15)”, then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “4 dBm (13)”.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control and radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 198
Alcatel
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 199
Alcatel
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
Type Number
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric cell.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1)The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN, which both apply to the outer zone frequency band.The default value depends on the inner zone frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the inner zone frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 200
Alcatel
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN
Type Number
Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 17
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “13”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 17 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 17 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 4 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 4 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 201
Alcatel
Logical name MSCR (BSC) HMI name MSCR
Type Flag
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release ’98 or older; 1 = MSC is release ’99 onwards
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM 04.18
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 202
Alcatel
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
Type Number
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits:00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used;01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference 3GPP TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 203
Alcatel
Logical name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
Type Flag
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_AVG_I (BSC) HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 4 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 204
Alcatel
Logical name N_BAD_SACCH HMI name N_BAD_SACCH
Type Threshold
Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover.
Min value 0 Max value 128
Def value 4
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds
Recommended rules N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_BSTXPWR_M HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLD
Type Threshold
Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 13
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 205
Alcatel
Logical name N_CLR_REQ HMI name NB_CLR_REQ
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission.
Min value 0 Max value 8
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_PREF_CELLS HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 206
Alcatel
Logical name N_TCH_HO HMI name N_TCH_HO
Type Number
Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_threshold HMI name TCH load threshold for automatic AC
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 207
Alcatel
Logical name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Type Number
Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process.
Min value 1 Max value 8
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N1 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step
Type Number
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 208
Alcatel
Logical name N2 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step
Type Number
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N200_GSL (BSC) HMI name N200_GSL (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
Min value 3 Max value 3
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (MFS)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 209
Alcatel
Logical name N200_OML (BSC) HMI name N200_OML (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML.
Min value 3 Max value 12
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance A-bis link
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msecIt can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 210
Alcatel
Logical name N200_RSL (BSC) HMI name N200_RSL (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL.
Min value 3 Max value 20
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msecIt can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N201 (BSC) HMI name N201 (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC.
Min value 260 Max value 260
Def value 260
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 211
Alcatel
Logical name N201_GSL (BSC) HMI name N201_GSL (BSC)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 260
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N2X4 HMI name N2X4
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> 0: after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 212
Alcatel
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH
HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH.
Min value 0 Max value 40
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.41
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH
HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH.
Min value 0 Max value 40
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.41
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 213
Alcatel
Logical name NBLK HMI name NBLK
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 214
Alcatel
Logical name NBR_RESET_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_REP
Type Number
Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference BSS global reset
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
Type Number
Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 215
Alcatel
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
Type Number
Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NCC (BSC) HMI name NCC
Type Number
Definition Network Colour code of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 216
Alcatel
Logical name NCC_permitted HMI name NCC permitted
Type List of numbers
Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter was previously named: “PLMN_permitted”.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NCI HMI name NCI
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 217
Alcatel
Logical name NECI (BSC) HMI name NECI (BSC)
Type Number
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -47
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 218
Alcatel
Logical name network_operation_mode (BSC) HMI name Network mode of operation
Type Number
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III.
Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled.EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III.Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).
Recommended rules --
Internal comment corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13. Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 03.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NUBLK HMI name NUBLK
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 219
Alcatel
Logical name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO
Type Number
Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers).
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NY1 HMI name NY_1
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION.
Min value 3 Max value 35
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 220
Alcatel
Logical name OFFSET_CA_HIGH HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH
Type Number
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4.5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Type Number
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4.5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 221
Alcatel
Logical name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
Type Number
Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells).
Min value -127 Max value 127
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Offset_Hopping_HO HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO
Type Number
Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 222
Alcatel
Logical name Offset_Hopping_PC HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC
Type Number
Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name OPC HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code
Type Reference
Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 16383
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 14 bits
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 223
Alcatel
Logical name Operator HMI name CBC_Operator
Type Reference
Definition Identifies the CBC operator.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value.
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.49
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV
Type Threshold
Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause “level uplink micro-cell” or “level downlink micro-cell”.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -80
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 224
Alcatel
Logical name PAG_BAR HMI name PAGING
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PAN_DEC (BSC) HMI name PAN_DEC
Type Number
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 225
Alcatel
Logical name PAN_INC (BSC) HMI name PAN_INC
Type Number
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PAN_MAX (BSC) HMI name PAN_MAX
Type Number
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
Min value 4 Max value 32
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12…., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, …, 111
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 226
Alcatel
Logical name Password HMI name CBC_Password
Type Reference
Definition CBC password.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value.
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.49
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN
Type Flag
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH˝ 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH
Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 227
Alcatel
Logical name PENALTY_TIME HMI name PENALTY_TIME
Type Number
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP
Type Number
Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a “ping-pong” effect.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 15
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 228
Alcatel
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
Type Number
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands3,...,255: for future useThis parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency. band combinations.
Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of the following values:- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands",- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BAND is set to GSM850-DCS1800,- GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 229
Alcatel
Logical name POW_INC_FACTOR HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR
Type Number
Definition Weighting factor for power increase.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0.8
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE
Type Number
Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
Min value 2 Max value 14
Def value 6
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 230
Alcatel
Logical name POW_RED_FACTOR HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR
Type Number
Definition Weighting factor for power reduction.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0.5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
Type Number
Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
Min value 2 Max value 4
Def value 2
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 231
Alcatel
Logical name POWER_OFFSET_IND HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in System Information.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PREFERRED_BAND HMI name PREFERRED_BAND
Type Flag
Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 232
Alcatel
Logical name PRIO_THR HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR
Type Threshold
Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection.
Min value 0 Max value 42
Def value 42
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB).
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PRIORITY(0,n) HMI name Candidate cell priority
Type Number
Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process.
Min value 0 Max value 5
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 233
Alcatel
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
HMI name Allowed priority classes
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PROT_MON HMI name PROT_MON
Type Timer
Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 234
Alcatel
Logical name PROT_TH HMI name PROT_TH
Type Threshold
Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PWRC (BSC) HMI name PWRC
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included.
Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 235
Alcatel
Logical name Q703_N1 HMI name Q703_N1
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission.
Min value 1 Max value 127
Def value 127
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q703_N2 HMI name Q703_N2
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission.
Min value 1 Max value 8192
Def value 4096
Unit bytes
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 236
Alcatel
Logical name Q703_T1 HMI name Q703_T1
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 timer “alignment ready”.
Min value 40 Max value 50
Def value 50
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q703_T2 HMI name Q703_T2
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 timer “not aligned”.
Min value 5 Max value 150
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 237
Alcatel
Logical name Q703_T3 HMI name Q703_T3
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 timer “aligned”.
Min value 1 Max value 1.5
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q703_T4E HMI name Q703_T4E
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period.
Min value 0.4 Max value 0.6
Def value 0.5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 238
Alcatel
Logical name Q703_T4N HMI name Q703_T4N
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 Normal proving period.
Min value 7.5 Max value 9.5
Def value 8.2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q703_T5 HMI name Q703_T5
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 timer “sending SIB”.
Min value 100 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 239
Alcatel
Logical name Q703_T6 HMI name Q703_T6
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 timer “remote congestion”.
Min value 3 Max value 6
Def value 5.4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q703_T7 HMI name Q703_T7
Type Timer
Definition MTP2 timer “excessive delay of acknowledgement”.
Min value 0.5 Max value 2
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.703
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 240
Alcatel
Logical name Q704_T2 HMI name Q704_T2
Type Timer
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement.
Min value 0.7 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q704_T4 HMI name Q704_T4
Type Timer
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt).
Min value 0.5 Max value 1.2
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 241
Alcatel
Logical name Q704_T5 HMI name Q704_T5
Type Timer
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt).
Min value 0.5 Max value 1.2
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Q707_T1 HMI name Q707_T1
Type Timer
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement.
Min value 4 Max value 12
Def value 4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.707
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 242
Alcatel
Logical name Q707_T2 HMI name Q707_T2
Type Timer
Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message.
Min value 30 Max value 90
Def value 60
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.707
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 243
Alcatel
Logical name Qsearch(BSC) HMI name Qsearch
Type Number
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.
Min value -98 Max value -50
Def value -50
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC0: -98: -98 dBm (below)1: -94: -94 dBm (below)2: -90: -90dBm (below)3: -86: -86dBm (below)4: -82: -82 dBm (below)5: -78: -78 dBm (below)6: -74: -74 dBm (below)7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells8: -78: -78 dBm (above)9: -74: -74 dBm (above)10: -70: -70 dBm (above)11: -66: -66 dBm (above)12: -62: -62 dBm (above)13: -58: -58 dBm (above)14: -54: -54 dBm (above)15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(MFS)
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells.
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for 3G neighbour cells”).
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold.This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 244
Alcatel
Logical name QUEUE_ANYWAY HMI name Forced_Queuing
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption capability might be queued nevertheless if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RA_CODE (BSC) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
Type Number
Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS.
Min value -1 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider.
Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initally set the value -1.“"-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "-1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 245
Alcatel
Logical name RA_COLOUR HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS
Type Number
Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transported in SYS info 3 & 4
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initally set the value -1.“"-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by BSSIM since "-1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES
Type Threshold
Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy.
Min value -110 Max value -50
Def value -106
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules step size = 4 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 246
Alcatel
Logical name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
Type Timer
Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 32
Unit 51mfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules step size=1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER
Type Threshold
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering.
Min value 0 Max value 64
Def value 64
Unit bper
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 64: no filtering
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS).
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 247
Alcatel
Logical name RACHRT HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 255
Unit 51mfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT
Type Number
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
Min value 4 Max value 64
Def value 16
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 248
Alcatel
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES
Type Threshold
Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path.
Min value 1 Max value 128
Def value 18
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs
Type Number
Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” Information Element.
Min value 0 Max value 1023
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 16 bits.
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment RANGEi_HIGHER = FFFFh (65535) means that it shall not be included in “BA Range” IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 249
Alcatel
Logical name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs
Type Number
Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” Information Element.
Min value 0 Max value 1023
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 16 bits.
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment RANGEi_LOWER = FFFFh(65535) means that it shall not be included in “BA Range” IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 250
Alcatel
Logical name RESET_INDEFINITE HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE
Type Flag
Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference BSS global reset
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RESP_REQ HMI name RESP_REQ
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls “Response request” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC typeFor external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 251
Alcatel
Logical name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE
Type Number
Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 1 to 16
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the definition field.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ROT HMI name ROT
Type Flag
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include “Time Difference” IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 252
Alcatel
Logical name RSL_RATE (BSC) HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC)
Type Flag
Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Type Number
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -100
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 253
Alcatel
Logical name RXLEV_DL_IH HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH
Type Threshold
Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -65
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RXLEV_DL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE
Type Threshold
Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -71
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”:RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 254
Alcatel
Logical name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12).
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -47
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RXLEV_UL_IH HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH
Type Threshold
Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -65
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 255
Alcatel
Logical name RXLEV_UL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE
Type Threshold
Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -78
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”:RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RXLEVmin(n) HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n
Type Number
Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -96
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 256
Alcatel
Logical name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH
Type Number
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH.
Min value 0 Max value 40
Def value 32
Unit CBper
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.41
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH
HMI name Schedule period for Extended CBCH
Type Number
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.
Min value 0 Max value 40
Def value 32
Unit CBper
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.41
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 257
Alcatel
Logical name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements.
Min value 0 Max value 16
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SDCCH_COUNTER HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER
Type Timer
Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 3
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment “0” means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 258
Alcatel
Logical name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
Type Timer
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY
Type Timer
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 0
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 259
Alcatel
Logical name SLC HMI name Signalling Link Code
Type Reference
Definition Signalling Link Code.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance N7 ch
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SMS_INHIBIT HMI name SMS_INHIBIT
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 260
Alcatel
Logical name SMSCB_Features_set HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set
Type Flag
Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product.
Min value 1 Max value 2
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive".If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0"
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2,USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes",CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SMSCB_Mode HMI name SMSCB_Mode
Type Flag
Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 261
Alcatel
Logical name SMSCB_Phase HMI name SMSCB_Phase
Type Flag
Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+
Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2"’If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+"SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SMSCB_Recovery HMI name SMSCB_Recovery
Type Flag
Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes
Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 262
Alcatel
Logical name SMSCB_State HMI name SMSCB_State
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment From B7.1 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the BSC.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference SMSCB B7.2
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter can be changed by OMC-R using commande "CMD-Mode".
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 263
Alcatel
Logical name SSF HMI name SSF
Type Number
Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code.
Min value 0 Max value 12
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.704
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name STRIP_O5_CM2 HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2
Type Flag
Definition This flag controls the format of the “Classmark 2” IE sent to the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: no modification on “Classmark2” IE, 1: octet 5 of “Classmark2” IE is stripped out
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Classmark handling
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 264
Alcatel
Logical name T(conn est) HMI name T(conn est)
Type Timer
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message.
Min value 10 Max value 127.5
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.5sec
Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.714
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T(iar) HMI name T(iar)
Type Timer
Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection.
Min value 402 Max value 1530
Def value 1002
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 6sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.714
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 265
Alcatel
Logical name T(ias) HMI name T(ias)
Type Timer
Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message.
Min value 96 Max value 450
Def value 450
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 6sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.714
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T(rel) HMI name T(rel)
Type Timer
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message.
Min value 8 Max value 127.5
Def value 15
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.714
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 266
Alcatel
Logical name T(sst) HMI name T(sst)
Type Timer
Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages.
Min value 6 Max value 1200
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 6sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference ITU-T Q.714
Spec reference (SS7 parameter)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 267
Alcatel
Logical name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP HMI name Autocleaning_Timer
Type Timer
Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 40
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules Either {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds} or {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0}
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Corresponds to B6 parameter T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP, but with behaviour extended to TCH. T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure.Recommendation for customising this value at migration time:If B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP = 0: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=0 if 0 < B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP <= 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=30 if B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP > 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 268
Alcatel
Logical name T_AVG_T (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_T
Type Number
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Min value 0 Max value 25
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_AVG_W (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_W
Type Number
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
Min value 0 Max value 25
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 269
Alcatel
Logical name T_BIND_CNF HMI name T_BIND_CNF
Type Timer
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive.
Min value 10 Max value 300
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_BTS_EST_CNF HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 270
Alcatel
Logical name T_BTS_RLS_CNF HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service point-to-point
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_BURST HMI name T_BURST
Type Timer
Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages.
Min value 0.1 Max value 25.5
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size =0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 271
Alcatel
Logical name T_CBC_READY HMI name T_CBC_READY
Type Number
Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp.
Min value 10 Max value 600
Def value 300
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_CONNECT HMI name T_CONNECT
Type Number
Definition Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 call setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Network layer.
Min value 10 Max value 600
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT
Internal comment This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 272
Alcatel
Logical name T_COUNT_I HMI name T_COUNT_I
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload.
Min value 0 Max value 50
Def value 12
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_DELAY HMI name T_DELAY
Type Timer
Definition Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish.
Min value 10 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than the time needed for the FU to detect the Abis link failure)
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 273
Alcatel
Logical name T_DELAY_GSL HMI name T_DELAY_GSL
Type Timer
Definition Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two LAPD establishment attempts.
Min value 10 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_FILTER HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE
Type Timer
Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 3
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, …, 31: 29.76s
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 274
Alcatel
Logical name T_GPRS_Resume HMI name T_GPRS_Resume
Type Timer
Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel.
Min value 0.2 Max value 5
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50
Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10 s)
Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1))It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 24.00
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (BSC) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 275
Alcatel
Logical name T_HCP HMI name T_HCP
Type Timer
Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover.
Min value 0 Max value 240
Def value 0
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size= 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_HO_REQD_LOST HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Min value 6 Max value 120
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7
Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover execution
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 276
Alcatel
Logical name T_i HMI name T_i
Type Timer
Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference BSS global reset
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_IA HMI name T_IA
Type Timer
Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue.
Min value 0 Max value 5
Def value 2.5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 277
Alcatel
Logical name T_INHIBIT_CPT HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT
Type Timer
Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited.
Min value 0 Max value 240
Def value 0
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_INTRF_L3 HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Min value 10 Max value 65535
Def value 60
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 278
Alcatel
Logical name T_LB_OV HMI name T_LB_OV
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload.
Min value 0.1 Max value 25.5
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
Type Timer
Definition Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 60
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS)
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 279
Alcatel
Logical name T_MS_CELL_REJ HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ
Type Timer
Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts.
Min value 0 Max value 20
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_OVL_MSC HMI name T_OVL_MSC
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC.
Min value 0.1 Max value 6553.5
Def value 20
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 280
Alcatel
Logical name T_PAG_CS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_CS
Type Timer
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS)
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)
Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS
Application domain GSMRec reference
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_PAG_PS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_PS
Type Timer
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS)
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)
Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 281
Alcatel
Logical name T_PDA HMI name T_PDA
Type Timer
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment on PCH remains in the PCH queue.
Min value 0 Max value 5
Def value 1.4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules When the BSC has migrated to B7.2, the T_PDA parameter is computed by a B7.2 OMC as follows:T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently,
T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=3T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=4T_PDA = 1400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=5T_PDA = 1600 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=6T_PDA = 2000 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=7T_PDA = 2200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=8T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In an OMC B7.1, the T_PDA parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the T_PDA parameter is no more changeable and computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS parameter. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the T_PDA_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 282
Alcatel
Logical name T_PUA HMI name T_PUA
Type Timer
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue.
Min value 0 Max value 5
Def value 0.8
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules When the BSC has migrated to B7.2, the T_PUA parameter is computed by a B7.2 OMC as follows:T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below)
AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPRS_agch_queuing_max (ms)/CommentsDisabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/1000/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/1000/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/1000/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/800/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowedDisabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/1000/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/1000/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/1000/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/800/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowedDisabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/600/
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 283
Alcatel
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowedEnabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowedEnabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In an OMC B7.1, the T_PUA parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the T_PUA parameter is no more changeable and computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the T_PUA_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
External comment --
RMS template No
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 284
Alcatel
Logical name T_qho HMI name T_QHO
Type Timer
Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_RCR_ACK HMI name T_RCR_ACK
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 285
Alcatel
Logical name T_RECOVERY HMI name T_RECOVERY
Type Timer
Definition Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure occurs.
Min value 10 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit mn
Sub-system BSC
Instance OMC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_RMS_BSC HMI name T_RMS_BSC
Type Timer
Definition General supervision of RMS in the BSC.
Min value 1 Max value 6553.5
Def value 6
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 286
Alcatel
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
Type Timer
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration.
Min value 2 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
Type Timer
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart.
Min value 60 Max value 60
Def value 60
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 287
Alcatel
Logical name T_RMS_BTS HMI name T_RMS_BTS
Type Timer
Definition Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements.
Min value 1 Max value 6553
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC
Recommended rules T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_SDCCH_PC HMI name T_SDCCH_PC
Type Timer
Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 31
Def value 5
Unit 2 x Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 288
Alcatel
Logical name T_SMSCB_RESP HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP
Type Timer
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Recommendation for customising this value at migration time:Take B6.2 value of T_SMSCB_READY.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_TFO HMI name T_TFO
Type Timer
Definition Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO.
Min value 0 Max value 2540
Def value 140
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference TFO Functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater via satellite.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 289
Alcatel
Logical name T1_0858 HMI name T1_0858
Type Timer
Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored.
Min value 3 Max value 6553.5
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T1_long HMI name T1_long
Type Timer
Definition Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 60
Def value 60
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T1_long >= T1_short
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 290
Alcatel
Logical name T1_short HMI name T1
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure.
Min value 10 Max value 25.5
Def value 16
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T11 HMI name T11
Type Timer
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests.
Min value 0 Max value 19
Def value 6
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 291
Alcatel
Logical name T11_FORCED HMI name T11_FORCED
Type Timer
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 19
Def value 4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1).Provision in MIB B5
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T13 HMI name T13
Type Timer
Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 15
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference BSS global reset
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 292
Alcatel
Logical name T17 HMI name T17
Type Timer
Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T18 HMI name T18
Type Timer
Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 50
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 293
Alcatel
Logical name T18_Overload HMI name T18_OVERLOAD
Type Timer
Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 50
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T19 HMI name T19
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure.
Min value 0.1 Max value 25.5
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 294
Alcatel
Logical name T2_0858 HMI name T2_0858
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD.
Min value 3 Max value 6553.5
Def value 50
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.58
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T20 HMI name T20
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure.
Min value 10 Max value 25.5
Def value 16
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 295
Alcatel
Logical name T200 (BSC) HMI name T200 (BSC)
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements.
Min value 300 Max value 1000
Def value 300
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance A-bis link
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 100ms; (0: 100ms, 1: 200ms,) 2: 300ms, 3: 400ms, .. . , 9: 1000ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment To configure the Abis side of a BSS as satellite links, the value has to be set to 1 second. (for OML 64k and OML16k as well as for RSL64k or RSL16k) This parameter is not included in the RNO/RNP-CMA logical parameter file interface. If the Abis satellite link is removed, T200 (BSC) will be reset to its default value.The value of T200 (BSC) driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 1sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec.It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 296
Alcatel
Logical name T200_GSL (BSC) HMI name T200_GSL (BSC)
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T200_GSL (MFS)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T203 (BSC) HMI name T203 (BSC)
Type Timer
Definition Link supervision timer.
Min value 4 Max value 4
Def value 4
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T203 (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 297
Alcatel
Logical name T203_GSL (BSC) HMI name T203_GSL (BSC)
Type Timer
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
Min value 10 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3101 HMI name T3101
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T3101 > 2s
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 298
Alcatel
Logical name T3103 HMI name T3103
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 16.5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 > T3106_F_HR
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Internal channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3105_D HMI name T3105_D
Type Timer
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH.
Min value 200 Max value 220
Def value 200
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH)
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 299
Alcatel
Logical name T3105_D_STOP HMI name T3105_D_STOP
Type Flag
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3105_F_FR HMI name T3105_F_FR
Type Timer
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels.
Min value 20 Max value 250
Def value 50
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 300
Alcatel
Logical name T3105_F_HR HMI name T3105_F_HR
Type Timer
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels.
Min value 20 Max value 250
Def value 100
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3105_F_STOP HMI name T3105_F_STOP
Type Flag
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 301
Alcatel
Logical name T3106_D HMI name T3106_D
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover.
Min value 1100 Max value 1500
Def value 1200
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103T3106_D < T9113
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3106_D_STOP HMI name T3106_D_STOP
Type Flag
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 302
Alcatel
Logical name T3106_F HMI name T3106_F
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover.
Min value 500 Max value 1000
Def value 1000
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103T3106_F < T9113
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3106_F_STOP HMI name T3106_F_STOP
Type Flag
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 303
Alcatel
Logical name T3107 HMI name T3107
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 14
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3109 HMI name T3109
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 35
Def value 12
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 304
Alcatel
Logical name T3111 HMI name T3111
Type Timer
Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0.5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS)
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3122 HMI name T3122
Type Timer
Definition Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid sleeping cell problems.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 17
Unit mn
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Step size = 1 min
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 305
Alcatel
Logical name T3168 (BSC) HMI name T3168
Type Timer
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.
Min value 1 Max value 4
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:000: 500 ms001: 1000 ms010: 1500 ms011: 2000 ms100: 2500 ms101: 3000 ms110: 3500 ms111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (MFS)The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select the value of 500 ms.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter.T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 306
Alcatel
queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered.Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 307
Alcatel
Logical name T3192 (BSC) HMI name T3192
Type Timer
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Min value 500 Max value 1500
Def value 500
Unit ms
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec0 0 1: 1000 msec0 1 0: 1500 msec0 1 1: 0 msec1 0 0: 80 msec1 0 1: 120 msec1 1 0: 160 msec1 1 1: 200 msec
Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (MFS)The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select values lower than 500 ms.
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)- Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 308
Alcatel
Logical name T3212 (BSC) HMI name T3212
Type Number
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 30
Unit 6 mn
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update
Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T4 HMI name T4
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC.
Min value 2 Max value 6553.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference BSS global reset
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 309
Alcatel
Logical name T7 HMI name T7
Type Timer
Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Min value 0 Max value 20
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference Handover management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on MSC type
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T8 HMI name T8
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 14
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.08
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 310
Alcatel
Logical name T9101 HMI name T9101
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T9103 HMI name T9103
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 311
Alcatel
Logical name T9104 HMI name T9104
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T9105 HMI name T9105
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure.
Min value 11 Max value 6553,5
Def value 31
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est)
Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 312
Alcatel
Logical name T9108 HMI name T9108
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure.
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T9110 HMI name T9110
Type Timer
Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received).
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Def value 20
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Due to implementation of SCCP reassembly procedure in B7.2, the value of T9110 should be increased of at least 10 sec compared to B6.2.
Internal comment Additional value of 10 sec corresponds to following rule : T9110 (B7.1) >= T9110 (B6.2) + Treassembly.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Call release
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 313
Alcatel
Logical name T9112 HMI name T9112
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS.
Min value 0.1 Max value 6553,5
Def value 15
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify procedure.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Channel modification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T9113 HMI name T9113
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 20
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 314
Alcatel
Logical name TA_STAT HMI name TA_STAT
Type Number
Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 63
Def value 8
Unit bper
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TCH_INFO_PERIOD HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC.
Min value 2 Max value 25.5
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules stepsize = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 315
Alcatel
Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Type Number
Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.
Min value 0 Max value 60
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THR_CCCH_LOAD HMI name Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message.
Min value 100 Max value 3000
Def value 500
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 316
Alcatel
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
Type Threshold
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 10%
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment B6 name :THR_FR_LOAD_L
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
Type Threshold
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Step size = 10%
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 317
Alcatel
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
Type Threshold
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Step size = 10%
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment corresponds to B6 parameter THR_FR_LOAD_U
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
Type Threshold
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Step size = 10%
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation and management
Cell Type No
TRX nb Yes
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 318
Alcatel
Logical name THR_LB_OV HMI name THR_LB_OV
Type Threshold
Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload.
Min value 0 Max value 50
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 319
Alcatel
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_0
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 0.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 25
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 320
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_1 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_1
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 1.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 28
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_10 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_10
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 10.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 55
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_10 >= THRESHOLD_2_10
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 321
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_2 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_2
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 2.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 31
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_2 >= THRESHOLD_2_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_3 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_3
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 3.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 34
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_3 >= THRESHOLD_2_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 322
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_4 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_4
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 4.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 37
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_4 >= THRESHOLD_2_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_5 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_5
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 5.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 40
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_5 >= THRESHOLD_2_5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 323
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_6 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_6
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 6.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 43
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_6 >= THRESHOLD_2_6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_7 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_7
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 7.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 46
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_7 >= THRESHOLD_2_7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 324
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_8 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_8
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 8.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 49
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_8 >= THRESHOLD_2_8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_9 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_9
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 9.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 52
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_9 >= THRESHOLD_2_9
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 325
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_0
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 0.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 22
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_1 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_1
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 1.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 25
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 326
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_10 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_10
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 10.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 52
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_10 <= THRESHOLD_1_10
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_2 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_2
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 2.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 28
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_2 <= THRESHOLD_1_2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 327
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_3 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_3
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 3.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 31
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_3 <= THRESHOLD_1_3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_4 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_4
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 4.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 34
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_4 <= THRESHOLD_1_4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 328
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_5 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_5
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 5.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 37
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_5 <= THRESHOLD_1_5
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_6 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_6
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 6.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 40
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_6 <= THRESHOLD_1_6
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 329
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_7 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_7
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 7.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 43
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_7 <= THRESHOLD_1_7
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_8 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_8
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 8.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 46
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_8 <= THRESHOLD_1_8
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 330
Alcatel
Logical name THRESHOLD_2_9 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_9
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 9.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 49
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_9 <= THRESHOLD_1_9
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TL_TCUA HMI name TL_TCUA
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller.
Min value 0.1 Max value 50
Def value 20
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 331
Alcatel
Logical name TL1 HMI name TL1
Type Threshold
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TL2 HMI name TL2
Type Threshold
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 85
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 332
Alcatel
Logical name TL3 HMI name TL3
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from high load status to low load status.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 75
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules TL3 < TL4
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TL4 HMI name TL4
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from low load status to high load status.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 95
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 333
Alcatel
Logical name Treassembly HMI name Treassembly
Type Timer
Definition Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a segmented layer 3 message.
Min value 10 Max value 20
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Treassembly < T9110 (in B7.1, the rule is checked neither by BSC nor OMC.
Application domain GSMRec reference Q714
Spec reference External channel changes
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TRG_SDCCH HMI name TRG_SDCCH
Type Flag
Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC proc
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 334
Alcatel
Logical name TRX_PREF_MARK HMI name Preference Mark
Type Number
Definition Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour CS radio resource allocations on a TRX.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance TRX
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: lowest preference mark (disfavour CS allocations on the corresponding TRX)7: highest preference mark (favour CS allocations on the corresponding TRX)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules 1) The TRX_Pref_Mark of a TRX supporting GPRS should be lower than the TRX_Pref_Mark of TRXs not supporting GPRS.2) In order to avoid conflicts between CS and PS allocations, it is recommended to set the TRX_Pref_Mark in ascending order of their O&M TRX identity on GPRS TRXs: The GPRS TRX having the highest TRX identity should be set to the highest TRX_Pref_Mark, and the GPRS TRX having the lowest TRX identity should be set to a lower TRX_Pref_Mark. A GPRS TRX is a TRX with GPRS_PREF_MARK <> 0.
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 335
Alcatel
Logical name TS_TCUA HMI name TS_TCUA
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller.
Min value 0.1 Max value 50
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TSC HMI name TSC
Type Number
Definition Training Sequence Code used on all channels except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH channels.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 3 bits
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.02
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.For BCCH and CCCH channels (as defined in GSM TS 05.02) and for CBCH channel, the Training Sequence Code is set to the BCC.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 336
Alcatel
Logical name Tx_integer (BSC) HMI name TX_INTEGER
Type Number
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Min value 3 Max value 50
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS)
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms)Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms)- Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms)
Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per
Application domain GSMRec reference 3GPP TS 04.18
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 337
Alcatel
51-multiframe- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
Type Threshold
Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -47
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -75
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 338
Alcatel
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
Type Threshold
Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -47
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -75
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 339
Alcatel
Logical name U_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Highest value is the worst quality
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name U_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Type Threshold
Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Highest value is the worst quality
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 340
Alcatel
Logical name U_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE
Type Threshold
Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover.
Min value 0 Max value 63
Def value 63
Unit bper
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell type
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Use_of_Extended_CBCH HMI name Extended CBCH
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used
Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes".
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 341
Alcatel
Logical name VQ_AVERAGE HMI name VQ_AVERAGE
Type Number
Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 128
Def value 6
Unit Samfr
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name VQ_BAD_RXFER HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER
Type Threshold
Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 20
Def value 3
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 342
Alcatel
Logical name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
Type Threshold
Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 30
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1%
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name VQ_GOOD_RXFER HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER
Type Threshold
Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 20
Def value 1
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 343
Alcatel
Logical name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
Type Threshold
Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 30
Unit %
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1%
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name VQ_RXLEV HMI name VQ_RXLEV
Type Threshold
Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -95
Unit dBm
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 344
Alcatel
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL HMI name VQ_RXQUAL
Type Threshold
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
Type Threshold
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio Measurements
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 345
Alcatel
Logical name W_LEV_HO HMI name W_LEV_HO
Type Number
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name W_LEV_MCHO HMI name W_LEV_MCHO
Type Number
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 346
Alcatel
Logical name W_LEV_PC HMI name W_LEV_PC
Type Number
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name W_PBGT_HO HMI name W_PBGT_HO
Type Number
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 347
Alcatel
Logical name W_QUAL_CA HMI name W_QUAL_CA
Type Number
Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation).
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Codec Adaptation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name W_QUAL_HO HMI name W_QUAL_HO
Type Number
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 348
Alcatel
Logical name W_QUAL_PC HMI name W_QUAL_PC
Type Number
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Radio measurements data processing
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name WI_CR HMI name Wait Indication for Call Re-establishment
Type Number
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Call Re-establishment”.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 349
Alcatel
Logical name WI_EC HMI name Wait Indication for Emergency Calls
Type Number
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Emergency call”.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name WI_OC HMI name Wait Indication for Originating Calls
Type Number
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Originating call”.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 350
Alcatel
Logical name WI_OP HMI name Wait Indication for SDCCH procedures
Type Number
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Location updating” or “Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH”.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference Radio & link establishment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Min value -40 Max value 40
Def value 6
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 351
Alcatel
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Min value -40 Max value 40
Def value 6
Unit dB
Sub-system BSC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ZONE_TYPE HMI name TRX zone
Type List of numbers
Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system BSC
Instance TRX
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type Yes
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 352
Alcatel
BTS parameters
Logical name ABORT_FRAME HMI name ABORT_FRAME
Type Threshold
Definition Abort frame threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 2^16
Def value 2^16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2^16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name AG_FULL HMI name AG_FULL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot.
Min value 50 Max value 100
Def value 100
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the firmware
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 353
Alcatel
Logical name BCCH_CUT_TIMER HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER
Type Timer
Definition Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 210
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND
Type Flag
Definition Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 354
Alcatel
Logical name CRC_ERR HMI name CRC_ERR
Type Threshold
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DMA_OVERRUN HMI name DMA_OVERRUN
Type Threshold
Definition DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in reception).
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 355
Alcatel
Logical name DMA_UNDERRUN HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN
Type Threshold
Definition DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in transmission).
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name FRAME_DISCARD HMI name FRAME_DISCARD
Type Threshold
Definition Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 356
Alcatel
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_RX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Min value 5 Max value 25
Def value 16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules > LAPD window size +3
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Min value 5 Max value 60
Def value 40
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 357
Alcatel
Logical name INACT_DLCI HMI name INACT_DLCI
Type Threshold
Definition Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name INVALID_ADR HMI name INVALID_ADR
Type Threshold
Definition Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct).
Min value 1 Max value 2E+6
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 358
Alcatel
Logical name K_LAPD_OML HMI name K_LAPD_OML
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the firmware
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_LAPD_RSL HMI name K_LAPD_RSL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 7
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 359
Alcatel
Logical name K_LAPDm HMI name K_LAPDm
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_DECR HMI name N_DECR
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 360
Alcatel
Logical name N_INCR HMI name N_INCR
Type Number
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an overload is reported.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_WAIT HMI name N_WAIT
Type Threshold
Definition Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3.
Min value 1 Max value 20
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 361
Alcatel
Logical name N200_LE HMI name N200_LE
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in “Link Establishment” state.
Min value 5 Max value 5
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N200_LR HMI name N200_LR
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in “Link Release” state.
Min value 5 Max value 5
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 362
Alcatel
Logical name N200_OML (BTS) HMI name N200_OML (BTS)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML).
Min value 3 Max value 3
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the firmware
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N200_RSL (BTS) HMI name N200_RSL (BTS)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL).
Min value 3 Max value 20
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance A-bis link
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5 for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500mSIt can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)default Value : 10 in case of Abis terrestrial link, 5 in case of Abis via satellite
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 363
Alcatel
Logical name N200_TD HMI name N200_TD
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on SDCCH.
Min value 23 Max value 23
Def value 23
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N200_TS HMI name N200_TS
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on SACCH.
Min value 5 Max value 5
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 364
Alcatel
Logical name N200_TTF HMI name N200_TTF
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated).
Min value 34 Max value 34
Def value 34
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N200_TTH HMI name N200_TTH
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated).
Min value 29 Max value 29
Def value 29
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 365
Alcatel
Logical name N201 (BTS) HMI name N201 (BTS)
Type Number
Definition Maximum length of user data in an I frame.
Min value 260 Max value 260
Def value 260
Unit bytes
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N201_C HMI name N201_C
Type Number
Definition Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH.
Min value 23 Max value 23
Def value 23
Unit bytes
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 366
Alcatel
Logical name N201_D HMI name N201_D
Type Number
Definition Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH.
Min value 20 Max value 20
Def value 20
Unit bytes
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N201_S HMI name N201_S
Type Number
Definition Length of information field on SACCH.
Min value 18 Max value 18
Def value 18
Unit bytes
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 367
Alcatel
Logical name PDA_FULL HMI name PDA_FULL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH group.
Min value 0 Max value 200
Def value 200
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the firmware.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PG_FULL HMI name PG_FULL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group.
Min value 81 Max value 400
Def value 400
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the firmware
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Paging & access grant control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment For FUCO : max=def=200
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 368
Alcatel
Logical name RSL_RATE (BTS) HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS)
Type Flag
Definition Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SHORT_FRM HMI name SHORT_FRM
Type Threshold
Definition Short frame threshold for alarm detection.
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Def value 2E+16
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 369
Alcatel
Logical name T_CFI_TR HMI name T_CFI_TR
Type Timer
Definition Guard time in the BTS for the filtering of transcoder alarms after ESTABLISH INDICATION.
Min value 1 Max value 5
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T_CFI_TR >> T_SYNC
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Normal assignment
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_RESET_COUNTER HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER
Type Timer
Definition Used to reset LAPD error counters.
Min value 1 Max value 300
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 370
Alcatel
Logical name T_SMSCB_READY HMI name T_SMSCB_READY
Type Timer
Definition Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_SUP HMI name T_SUP
Type Timer
Definition Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU load counter.
Min value 0.1 Max value 25.5
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 371
Alcatel
Logical name T_SYNC HMI name Tsync
Type Timer
Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder for full rate channels.
Min value 11 Max value 163
Def value 11
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance TRAU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.60
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_SYNCd HMI name TsyncD
Type Timer
Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced full rate and half rate channels.
Min value 11 Max value 163
Def value 11
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance TRAU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.60
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 372
Alcatel
Logical name T_SYNCu HMI name TsyncU
Type Timer
Definition Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels.
Min value 11 Max value 163
Def value 11
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance TRAU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.60
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_ta HMI name Tta
Type Timer
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes.
Min value 60 Max value 1000
Def value 120
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 20ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.61
Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 373
Alcatel
Logical name T200_D HMI name T200_D
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0.
Min value 220 Max value 220
Def value 220
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T200_D3 HMI name T200_D3
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3.
Min value 450 Max value 450
Def value 450
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 374
Alcatel
Logical name T200_OMU HMI name T200_TRE
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment hardcoded in OMU PROM.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T200_S3 HMI name T200_S3
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3.
Min value 1420 Max value 1420
Def value 1420
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 375
Alcatel
Logical name T200_SD HMI name T200_SD
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0.
Min value 900 Max value 900
Def value 900
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T200_ST HMI name T200_ST
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0.
Min value 900 Max value 900
Def value 900
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Not Used (NU)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 376
Alcatel
Logical name T200_TF HMI name T200_TF
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0.
Min value 200 Max value 200
Def value 200
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T200_TH HMI name T200_TH
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0.
Min value 220 Max value 220
Def value 220
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.06
Spec reference LAPDm functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 377
Alcatel
Logical name T200_TRE HMI name T200_TRE
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW.
Min value 160 Max value 1000
Def value 270
Unit ms
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size 10 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis connection type, It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T203 (BTS) HMI name T203 (BTS)
Type Timer
Definition RSL Link supervision timer.
Min value 4 Max value 4
Def value 4
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.56
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 378
Alcatel
Logical name THR_ACT_1 HMI name THR_ACT_1
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU.
Min value 0 Max value 50
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THR_ACT_2 HMI name THR_ACT_2
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU.
Min value 0 Max value 50
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 379
Alcatel
Logical name THR_BUFFER HMI name THR_BUFFER
Type Threshold
Definition Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 20
Unit %
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THR_IDLE HMI name THR_IDLE
Type Threshold
Definition Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 30
Unit %
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Overload control
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 380
Alcatel
Logical name THRES_HIGH_TX HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX
Type Threshold
Definition Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRES_LOW_TX HMI name THRES_LOW_TX
Type Threshold
Definition Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 381
Alcatel
Logical name TLC_CONFIG_T HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 300
Unit sec
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference BSS init of telecom part
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Min value 5 Max value 30
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system BTS
Instance BTS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference LapD Management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 382
Alcatel
MFS parameters
Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE_DEF HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE_DEF
Type Flag
Definition Default format of the access burst sent by MS.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When set to 0, only 8 bits access burst types shall be sent by the MS. Otherwise, 11 bits access burst types shall be sent by the MS, except for FUMO (8 bits).
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ACCESS_RATE_BC HMI name ACCESS_RATE_BC
Type Number
Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel.
Min value 64 Max value 1984
Def value 64
Unit kbit/s
Sub-system MFS
Instance BC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 383
Alcatel
Logical name ALPHA (MFS) HMI name ALPHA
Type Number
Definition Alpha power control parameter.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010
Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name ATT (MFS) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 384
Alcatel
Logical name BCC (MFS) HMI name BCC
Type Number
Definition BTS colour code of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BCC (n) HMI name BCC
Type Number
Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded over 3 bits
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 385
Alcatel
Logical name BCCH_ARFCN(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN
Type Number
Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1023
Def value None
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES
Type Number
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cellwhen BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = “CBH” or “SDH” in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel. This check is done by the OMC only towards B7.2 BSS.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 386
Alcatel
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_CV_MAX
Type Number
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered.One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.
Min value 1 Max value 15
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations.If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 387
Alcatel
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS
Type Number
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment.
Min value 2 Max value 9
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
Type Number
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10)The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 – BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks “available” on one PCCCH =(12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 388
Alcatel
Logical name BS_PBCCH_BLKS HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Type Number
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe.
Min value 1 Max value 4
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_PRACH_BLKS HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN
Type Number
Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 8
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0000: 0, .., 1100: 12)ALCATEL BSS only supports values from 1 to 8.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 389
Alcatel
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks which may be allocated to the Packet Resource Request in case of two phase access, per 52 multiframe on each uplink slave PDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 12
Def value 6
Unit radio blocks
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12)
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks which may be allocated to a Packet Resource Request in case of two phase access, per 52 multiframe on each uplink Master PDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 12
Def value 2
Unit radio blocks
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12)
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
Recommended rules --
Internal comment number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request.Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 390
Alcatel
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX
Type Number
Definition BTS maximum allowed transmission power.
Min value -30 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name bssgp_T1 HMI name T1
Type Timer
Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 391
Alcatel
Logical name bssgp_T2 HMI name T2
Type Timer
Definition Guards the reset procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 120
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name bssgp_T3 HMI name BSSGP_T3
Type Timer
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN.
Min value 0.1 Max value 10
Def value 0.6
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 392
Alcatel
Logical name bssgp_T4 HMI name BSSGP_T4
Type Timer
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN.
Min value 0.1 Max value 10
Def value 0.6
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1))
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES
Type Number
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure.
Min value 3 Max value 3
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance NSE
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 393
Alcatel
Logical name BVC_RESET_RETRIES HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES
Type Number
Definition Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure.
Min value 3 Max value 3
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance NSE
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
Type Number
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure.
Min value 3 Max value 3
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance NSE
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 394
Alcatel
Logical name C31_HYST HMI name C31_HYST
Type Flag
Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode).
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name C32_QUAL HMI name C32_QUAL
Type Flag
Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 395
Alcatel
Logical name CBS HMI name Commited Burst Size
Type Number
Definition Commited Burst Size.
Min value 0 Max value 248
Def value 0
Unit kbyte
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CCCH_CONF (MFS) HMI name CCCH_CONF
Type Flag
Definition Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined
Mandatory rules CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH featureshall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 396
Alcatel
Logical name CI (MFS) HMI name cell identity (CI)
Type Reference
Definition Cell Identity.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to CI (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CI(n) HMI name CI(n)
Type Reference
Definition Cell Identity.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value.
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is not required for external cells. It shall not be displayed to the operator for external cells.
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 397
Alcatel
Logical name CIR HMI name Committed Information Rate
Type Number
Definition Committed Information Rate.
Min value 0 Max value 1984
Def value 0
Unit kbit/s
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules CIR=0 when “direct access” is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
Type Threshold
Definition "Forgetting time” in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Adaption: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in in the average of channel quality measurements.
Min value 0.02 Max value 5
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 20ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 398
Alcatel
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
Type Reference
Definition "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link adaption:measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in in the average of channel quality measurements.
Min value 0.02 Max value 5
Def value 0.1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 20ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_HST_DL_LT HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 0.5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 399
Alcatel
Logical name CS_HST_DL_ST HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 1.5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_HST_UL_LT HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 0.5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 400
Alcatel
Logical name CS_HST_UL_ST HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST
Type Number
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 1.5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Maximum downlink transfer interruption between two successive DL TBFs to be able to reuse the coding scheme of the previous DL TBF when establishing a new DL TBF with the fast DL TBF reestablishment procedure on PACCH. The time to establish the new DL TBF on PACCH is taken into account, i.e. if it makes the downlink transfer interruption between the 2 TBFs exceeding the parameter, the previous coding scheme is not reused.
Min value 0 Max value 5000
Def value 680
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 401
Alcatel
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in acknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 402
Alcatel
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in acknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in unacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 403
Alcatel
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in acknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 404
Alcatel
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in acknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK
Type Threshold
Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in unacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 405
Alcatel
Logical name Def_nb_pdch_cell HMI name Def_nb_pdch_cell
Type Number
Definition Default value for nb_PDCH_CELL. Used to calculate the BVC bucket size and the BVC_Bucket_Leak_Rate when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0.
Min value 20 Max value 20
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell
Type Timer
Definition Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0.
Min value 5 Max value 5
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 406
Alcatel
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS
Type Timer
Definition Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0.
Min value 10 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT
Type Number
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality reports is respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 407
Alcatel
Logical name DLCI HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier
Type Number
Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1.
Min value 16 Max value 991
Def value None
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference ITU-T Q.922
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX
Type Number
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Min value 0 Max value 4
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH featureSent on PSI 13
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 408
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX
Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment this parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options (BCCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in “cell Options (SACCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some casesNeeded for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EBS HMI name Excess Burst Size
Type Number
Definition Excess Burst Size.
Min value 0 Max value 248
Def value None
Unit kbyte
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 409
Alcatel
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
Type Flag
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection durationii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PS services is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMO BTS.Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 410
Alcatel
Logical name EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation)
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism in GPRS RLC acknowledged mode.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding scheme adaptation enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Note that a FUMO BTS does not support the CS-2 coding scheme.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 411
Alcatel
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
Type Flag
Definition Enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism in GPRS RLC unacknowledged mode.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding scheme adaptation enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Note that a FUMO BTS does not support the CS-2 coding scheme.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 412
Alcatel
Logical name EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL HMI name EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables/disables the delayed TBF release feature on the downlink.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment When this flag is set to 1, the TBF release will be delayed for all downlink TBFs by T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL. If data are received before expiry of this timer then the TBF is resumed. Otherwise it is released permanently upon expiry of the timer. Every T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL, a Radio Block is granted to the Mobile Station on PACCH/U in order for it to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF.When this flag is set to 0, the TBF release will not be delayed and T3193 is started as soon as the normal TBF release is acknowledged by the Mobile Station.To obtain better Telecom performance, it is recommended to set EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL to 1.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 413
Alcatel
Logical name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_MPDCH HMI name EN_MPDCH
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables Master PDCH in a cell.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled ; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled.EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III.IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 414
Alcatel
Logical name EN_PSI3_Coding2 HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of PSI3bis messages
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves the cell reselection duration.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 415
Alcatel
Logical name EN_RES_REALLOCATION HMI name EN_RES_REALLOCATION
Type Number
Definition Enabling / disabling of the resource reallocation feature.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: resource reallocation is disabled for all triggers1: resource reallocation is enabled for all triggers2: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T13: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T24: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T35: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T26: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T2 and T37: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T3
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is used to possibly disable some or all of the telecom triggers for resource reallocation. If integration and qualification tests have proved that the feature brought gains while not jeopardising the CPU load, then the parameter shall be set to 1. Otherwise, the parameter could be set so that the best trade-off is achieved between throughput gain and CPU load (only some triggers but not all may be enabled). Note also that it is possible to modify the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter allows to enable or disable attempts to perform resource reallocation in order to:- either maintain a TBF alive when its PACCH is fast preempted (trigger T1),- or attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS upon concurrent TBF establishment (trigger T2),- or periodically attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS which has a TBF in the direction of the bias with less PDCHs than it can support according to its multislot class (trigger T3).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 416
Alcatel
Logical name EN_SOLSA HMI name EN_SOLSA
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name EN_SOLSA(n) HMI name EN_SOLSA
Type Flag
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 417
Alcatel
Logical name EN_UL_CONGESTION HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION
Type Flag
Definition Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enable
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
Type List of numbers
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies
Min value 0 Max value 3276.6
Def value -1
Unit MHz
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of “-1” indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided.When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the value of “-1” indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is provided.
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 418
Alcatel
Logical name FDD_Qmin(MFS) HMI name FDD_Qmin
Type Threshold
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Min value -20 Max value -13
Def value -20
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 419
Alcatel
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (MFS) HMI name FDD_Qoffset
Type Number
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Min value -32 Max value 28
Def value -32
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible1: -28: -28 dB2: -24: -24 dB3: -20: -20 dB4: -16: -16 dB5: -12: -12 dB6: -8: -8 dB7: -4: -4 dB8: 0: 0 dB9: 4: 4 dB10: 8: 8 dB11: 12: 12 dB12: 16: 16 dB13: 20: 20 dB14: 24: 24 dB15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a 3Gcell if possible”
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 420
Alcatel
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC
Type Number
Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS
Type Number
Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 421
Alcatel
Logical name FR_INFO_SIZE HMI name Info Frame size
Type Number
Definition Maximum frame relay information frame size.
Min value 1600 Max value 1600
Def value 1600
Unit byte
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GAMMA_TNx HMI name GAMMA_TNx
Type Number
Definition Binary representation of the “gamma ch” for MS output power control.
Min value 0 Max value 62
Def value 30
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter replaces the B6.2 parameters GAMMA_TN0, GAMMA_TN1,…GAMMA_TN7.In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 422
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
HMI name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Type Number
Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA.
Min value 0 Max value 14
Def value 4
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period
Type Number
Definition Number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode.
Min value 3 Max value 64
Def value 16
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This value is not optimised for satellite links.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 423
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR HMI name HCS_THR
Type Number
Definition HCS signal strength.
Min value -110 Max value -48
Def value -84
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR(n) HMI name HCS_THR
Type Number
Definition HCS signal strength.
Min value -110 Max value -48
Def value -84
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 424
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 425
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm…, 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.2)The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 426
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE
HMI name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE
Type Number
Definition Default value of the GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown.
Min value 1 Max value 8
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: the radio resource allocation algorithm does not take into account concurrent constraints, even if the actual MS multislot class is known at TBF establishment.1,2,4,8: GPRS multislot class as defined in GSM 05.02 annex B.Other multislot classes are not allowed for this parameter.(In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.)
Mandatory rules In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, category = System (CST), OMC-R access = None (DLS), instance = MFS and Min_value = 0.The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. access on CCCH). Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for TBF establishment is taken into account. Concurrence constraints are then anticipated when granting resources to the TBF.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.02
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The maximum MS multislot class, among the allowed values, expected in the operator’s network shall be entered. Because this parameter is used upon uplink TBF establishment, for instance when received on CCCH, it is not possible to enter a value, which implies support of more than one timeslot in uplink. Indeed, the mobile station that initiated the TBF request may only support one timeslot in uplink.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 427
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
Type Number
Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells.
Min value 10 Max value 320
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GPRS_PREF_MARK HMI name GPRS_PREF_MARK
Type Number
Definition Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour PS radio resource allocations on a TRX.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance TRX
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: lowest preference mark (no PS allocation on the corresponding TRX)3: highest preference mark (favour PS allocations on the corresponding TRX)
Mandatory rules For a TRX in the inner zone of a concentric, or in the inner zone of a multiband cell, or in the G1 band GPRS_PREF_MARK must be set to 0.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment It is attached to a PDCH_group instance on OMC/MFS interface
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 428
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS
Type Number
Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS
Type Number
Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 429
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET
Type Number
Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells.
Min value -52 Max value 48
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB)00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Type Number
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -96
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm)
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 430
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Type Number
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells.
Min value -110 Max value -47
Def value -96
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Type Number
Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells.
Min value 0 Max value infinity
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 431
Alcatel
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period
Type Number
Definition Number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode.
Min value 3 Max value 64
Def value 16
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size =1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This value is not optimised for satellite links.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HMI name highThresBmax
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied.
Min value 70 Max value 70
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
Recommended rules --
Internal comment addition since B6.2 due to FR 20/079455
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 432
Alcatel
Logical name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL HMI name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL
Type Flag
Definition This flag determines whether the MS shall perform interference measurements on other channels.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : no interference measurement, 1 : interference measurement
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_AVG_L HMI name K_AVG_L
Type Number
Definition Signal Quality strength filter constant.
Min value 0 Max value 25
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 433
Alcatel
Logical name K_AVG_Q HMI name K_AVG_Q
Type Number
Definition Quality Signal strength filter constant.
Min value 0 Max value 25
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name K_GSL (MFS) HMI name K_GSL (MFS)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 7
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all cells of the MFS.- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (BSC).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 434
Alcatel
Logical name LAC (MFS) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC)
Type Reference
Definition Location Area Code.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to LAC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LAC(n) HMI name LAC(n)
Type Reference
Definition Location Area Code.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 65535
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 435
Alcatel
Logical name LOW_THRES_B_MAX HMI name lowThresBmax
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more applied.
Min value 50 Max value 50
Def value 50
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
Recommended rules --
Internal comment addition since B6.2 due to FR 20/079455
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name LSA_ID_array (MFS) HMI name LSA_ID_I
Type Number
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).
Min value 0 Max value 16777215
Def value 16777215
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC)
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
Internal comment The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC.The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.03
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 436
Alcatel
Logical name LSA_ID_array (n) HMI name LSA_ID_I(n)
Type Number
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5).
Min value 0 Max value 16777215
Def value 16777215
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 03.03
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell.
Min value 32 Max value 32
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 437
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
Type Timer
Definition AGCH queuing time.
Min value 0.1 Max value 1
Def value 0.4
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of MS context in GPU.
Min value 2500 Max value 2500
Def value 2500
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 2500I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 3500
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 438
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of DownLink GPRS connections per Slave PDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP.
Min value 60 Max value 60
Def value 60
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance DSP
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 439
Alcatel
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in non-DRX mode.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)
Mandatory rules When the BSC has migrated, a B7.2 OMC shall set Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans = 3.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.In an OMC B7.1, the Max_Assign_AGCH_Retrans parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_AGCH_Retrans parameter is no more changeable and set automatically by the OMC. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_AGCH_Retrans _parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC setting.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 440
Alcatel
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)
Mandatory rules When the BSC has migrated to B7++, a B7++ OMC shall set Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans = 3.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
In an OMC B7.1, the Max_Assign_PCH_Retrans parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_PCH_Retrans parameter is no more changeable and set automatically by the OMC. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_PCH_Retrans _parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC setting.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The following external comment only applies to B7.1: “The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is: T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.”
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 441
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime
Type Timer
Definition Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if "infinity" as been indicated by the SGSN.
Min value 120 Max value 120
Def value 120
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP.
Min value 60 Max value 60
Def value 60
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance DSP
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 442
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_MPDCH_GPRS_TRX HMI name MAX_MPDCH_GPRS_TRX
Type Number
Definition maximum number of MPDCHs which can be established on a non EDGE capable TRX.
Min value 0 Max value 8
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU.
Min value 50 Max value 1000
Def value 500
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 443
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_PDCH HMI name MAX_PDCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PDCHs that can be allocated in the cell . Applies to non-concentric cells or to the outer zone of concentric cells.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD.MAX_PDCH>=MIN_PDCH.If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSEMAX_PDCH <= 8 * nb of TRX with (GPRS_Pref_Mark > 0).
Recommended rules "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100. “T” is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high load threshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS traffic maximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the “high load” situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of only GPRS traffic.And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled: (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) > {[(Max_PDCH) - (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The goal of this rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur if the MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC “normal load” situation".
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. MAX_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MAX_PDCH.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 444
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_PDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of CS-1/CS-2 PDCH handled by a DSP.
Min value 60 Max value 60
Def value 60
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance DSP
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Valid for both GPU and I-GPU.This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 60I-GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 60
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 445
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PDCH per cell when the cell is in high load situation and if the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation is disabled (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION=disabled). If the enhanced PDCH adaptation is activated, this parameter indicates the lower limit of the adaptation mechanism. For a non-concentric cell or for the outer zone of a concentric cell.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD>=MIN_PDCHMAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD<=MAX_PDCHIF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0.
Recommended rules "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100. “T” is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high load threshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS traffic maximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the “high load” situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of only GPRS traffic And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled, then (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) > {[(Max_PDCH) - (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The aim of this rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur if the MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC “normal load” situation.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
If the enhanced PDCH adaptation is activated (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled), the maximum number of PDCHs is determined dynamically in the range of [MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; MAX_PDCH].
When EN_MPDCH = 1, the value MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 0 should be avoided. Indeed, such a value may lead to pre-empting the PDCH that carries the PBCCH/PCCCH, if present, in case of BSC high load. In that case, mobile stations in packet idle mode may take up to 6 seconds before realising that PBCCH/PCCCH has been abruptly
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 446
Alcatel
removed. All CS or PS paging messages sent during that period may then be lost.
Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single GPRS connection.
Min value 1 Max value 5
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode.
Min value 1 Max value 32
Def value 9
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 447
Alcatel
Logical name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime
Type Timer
Definition Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in non DRX mode.
Min value 100 Max value 16000
Def value 500
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
Type Timer
Definition PPCH queuing time.
Min value 0.1 Max value 1
Def value 0.2
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 448
Alcatel
Logical name Max_Resel_Duration HMI name Max_Resel_Duration
Type Number
Definition Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period of Low Rate PSI messages.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 1.5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Max_retrans (MFS) HMI name MAX_RETRANS
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 449
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_1 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_2 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_2
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 2.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 450
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_3 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_3
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 3.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_4 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_4
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 4.
Min value 1 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 451
Alcatel
Logical name Max_retrans_DL HMI name Max_retrans_DL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries(max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started from the beginning).
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Possible values: 0 to 7.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBFMax_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBFIn case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status.Consequently the following rule has to be followed:(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/NackRTD: Round Trip Delay60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is usedMax_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 452
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message following a non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement message.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter replaces the two parameters: MAX_Retrans_PCCO and MAX_Retrans_release.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks handled by a DSP, used for all coding schemes.
Min value 15000 Max value 15000
Def value 15000
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance DSP
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 15000I-GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 25000
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 453
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of GPRS connections handled by a DSP.
Min value 180 Max value 180
Def value 180
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance DSP
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 180I-GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 180
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP.
Min value 60 Max value 60
Def value 60
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance DSP
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 60I-GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 60
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 454
Alcatel
Logical name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of UpLink GPRS connections per slave PDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 6
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MCC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
Type Reference
Definition Mobile Country Code.
Min value 0 Max value 999
Def value 999
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance OMC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules 3 digits BCD
Mandatory rules Equal to MCC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 455
Alcatel
Logical name MIN_MPDCH HMI name EN_MPDCH_STATIC
Type Number
Definition Defines whether the MPDCH is dynamically or statically allocated when EN_MPDCH = enabled.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Mandatory rules If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0.IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MIN_PDCH HMI name MIN_PDCH
Type Number
Definition Minimum number of PDCHs that can be preferentially allocated in the cell. MIN_PDCH is allocated on the TRX having the highest GPRS_PREF_MARK. MIN_PDCH applies to a non-concentric cell or for the outer zone of a concentric cell.
Min value 0 Max value 127
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH >= MIN_PDCH. MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD>= MIN_PDCH.If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. MIN_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MIN_PDCH .
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 456
Alcatel
Logical name MNC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
Type Reference
Definition Mobile Network Code.
Min value 0 Max value 999
Def value 999
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance OMC
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules 3 digits BCD
Mandatory rules Equal to MNC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC.MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 457
Alcatel
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the number of MPDCHs which are necessary in the cell.
Min value 1 Max value 300
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the high load level on PPCH blocks, above which a new MPDCH is established.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 60
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCHthe default value may be updated after detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 458
Alcatel
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the low load level on PPCH blocks, below which a MPDCH can be released.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 30
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.The default value may be updated after the detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the high load level on PRACH blocks, above which a new MPDCH is established.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 30
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment the default value may be updated after detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCHNeeded for MPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 459
Alcatel
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the low load level on PRACH blocks, below which a MPDCH can be released.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 10
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCHthe default value may be updated after detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the high load level on uplink PACCH blocks of established MPDCHs, above which a new MPDCH is established.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCHthe default value may be updated after detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 460
Alcatel
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the low load level on uplink PACCH blocks of established MPDCHs, below which a MPDCH can be released.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 40
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1%
Mandatory rules MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.The default value may be updated after the detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
HMI name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
Type Timer
Definition Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
Min value 0 Max value 1000
Def value 40
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 10 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 461
Alcatel
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Type Number
Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Min value 5 Max value 43
Def value 43
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment 1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”.By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band.3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for GSM900: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 462
Alcatel
Logical name MSCR (MFS) HMI name MSCR
Type Flag
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release ’98 or older; 1 = MSC is release ’99 onwards
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM 04.18
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 463
Alcatel
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
Type Number
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits:00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used;01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference 3GPP TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 464
Alcatel
Logical name N_AVG_I (MFS) HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS)
Type Number
Definition Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 4 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment sent on PSI 13 and PSI1
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 465
Alcatel
Logical name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION
Type Number
Definition Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user application is determined.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 1
Unit kbyte
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1 kbyte
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes transferred in both directions; the direction in which more bytes have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The resource reallocation algorithm attempts to offer the best possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the available resources. The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-going application is never assessed and therefore the application is always deemed downlink biased, except in case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is uplink).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 466
Alcatel
Logical name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC
Type Number
Definition Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF deemed sub-optimal before the corresponding MS becomes candidate for resource reallocation (sub-optimal = less PDCHs than the multislot class supports)
Min value 0 Max value 10000
Def value 200
Unit byte
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC PDUs or very short transfers. On the other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the parameter is set to 0, an MS with a TBF deemed sub-optimal in the direction of the bias shall become candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 467
Alcatel
Logical name N_MAX_T3_REALLOC HMI name N_MAX_T3_REALLOC
Type Number
Definition Defines the maximum number of radio resource reallocation attempts that are performed for each bias (UL-biased and DL-biased mobile stations), between two expires of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer when the trigger T3 is enabled for resource reallocation.
Min value -1 Max value 500
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Value "0" is forbidden. The value "-1" means that there is no limit on the number of radio resource reallocation attempts performed between two T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiries. This means that as soon as a Mobile Station becomes candidate for resource reallocation at a later stage (i.e. for trigger T3), the MFS attempts resource reallocation immediately.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter, together with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to:- control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the resources available for packet services (the higher the parameter, the more candidate MSs the BSS will attempt to reallocate between two T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiries),- and to control the extra CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are candidate for resource reallocation at a later stage (the lower the parameter, the lower the CPU load).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 468
Alcatel
Logical name N_PDCH_Release HMI name N_PDCH_Release
Type Number
Definition Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_PUAS_PPCTA_REPETITIONS HMI name N_PUAS_PPCTA_REPETITIONS
Type Number
Definition Defines the number of repetitions of a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message when it is used to establish an uplink TBF concurrently to a downlink TBF. It also defines the number of repetitions of a PACKET POWER CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE message when it is used to provide a Mobile Station with the initial timing advance value after a downlink TBF establishment on CCCH or PCCCH.
Min value 0 Max value 50
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Value 1 means that the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT / PACKET POWER CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE messages are repeated once in the cases mentioned in the definition. Value 0 means that they are not repeated.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 469
Alcatel
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT
Type Threshold
Definition NstagnatingWindow threshold limit above which a downlink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet DL Ack/Nack reports the failure of progress of the RLC window.
Min value 1 Max value 256
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT
Type Threshold
Definition NstagnatingWindow threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC window progress.
Min value 1 Max value 256
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 470
Alcatel
Logical name N_TBF_PER_MPDCH HMI name N_TBF_PER_MPDCH
Type Number
Definition Threshold defining the number of TBF supported by a MPDCH in one direction, above which the MFS serves new TBF preferably by requesting additional resources to the BSC.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. Default value = 0, to preferably establish TBFs on SPDCHs.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH HMI name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH
Type Number
Definition Number of TBF that can be established on one PDCH before requesting a new PDCH to the BSC.
Min value 1 Max value 5
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules When GPRS traffic is carried through Abis/Ater satellite links, the repetition of (Packet) Channel Request messages is faster than the network response. Then, it is likely to have double and even triple PDCH allocation for one single TBF if there is no PDCH established to serve the MS request. In order to avoid requesting too many PDCHs and GCHs to the BSC (which would not be used) N_TBF_PER_SPDCH can be increased to optimise the target number of TBFs to be multiplexed on one PDCH.
Internal comment Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCHMax_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 471
Alcatel
Logical name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT
Type Threshold
Definition N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block.
Min value 12 Max value 128
Def value 15
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT
Type Threshold
Definition N_UL_Errors threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time the BSS receives an erroneous block.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 472
Alcatel
Logical name N200_GSL (MFS) HMI name N200_GSL (MFS)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
Min value 3 Max value 3
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N201_GSL (MFS) HMI name N201_GSL (MFS)
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Min value 0 Max value 65535
Def value 260
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 473
Alcatel
Logical name N3101_LIMIT HMI name N3101_LIMIT
Type Number
Definition In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS onits allocated PDCH.The counter N3101 can be incremented only one time for each block period.
Min value 8 Max value 64
Def value 48
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 474
Alcatel
Logical name N3103_LIMIT HMI name N3103_LIMIT
Type Number
Definition In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBFMax_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBFIn case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status.Consequently the following rule has to be followed:(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/NackRTD: Round Trip Delay60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is usedMax_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is usedN3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1Example:With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 475
Alcatel
Logical name N3105_LIMIT HMI name N3105_LIMIT
Type Threshold
Definition In a DL TBF transfer procedure, maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message consecutively lost (from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaption but TBF release.N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.The dafault value (6) corresponds to GPRS_DL_Ack_Period = 16.With GPRS_DL_Ack_Period = 12, N3105_Limit = 8 is recommended.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 476
Alcatel
Logical name N391 HMI name N391
Type Number
Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference ITU Q.933 Anne
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name N392 HMI name N392
Type Number
Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A).
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference ITU Q.933, Ann
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 477
Alcatel
Logical name N393 HMI name N393
Type Number
Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference ITU Q.933, Ann
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line.
Min value 31 Max value 31
Def value 31
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 478
Alcatel
Logical name NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER_GPU
HMI name NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS PER GPU
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.
Min value 124 Max value 124
Def value 124
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface.
Min value 8 Max value 8
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 479
Alcatel
Logical name NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHANNEL
HMI name NB MAX PVC PER BEARER CHANNEL
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BC
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NB_MAX_SECONDARY_PCCCH HMI name NB_MAX_SECONDARY_PCCCH
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the maximum number of secondary PCCCH channels that can be established in a given cell by the MFS. When set to 0, only one instance of PCCCH can be established (if EN_MPDCH = 1).
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 15
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : no secondary PCCCH allowed, ... 15 : up to 15 secondary PCCCH allowed
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Default value in B7.1 : 0.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 480
Alcatel
Logical name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE
Type Number
Definition Number of signalling load samples used for estimating the number of MPDCHs which are necessary in the cell.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NCC (MFS) HMI name NCC
Type Number
Definition Network Colour code of the cell.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 481
Alcatel
Logical name NCC(n) HMI name NCC
Type Number
Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NECI (MFS) HMI name New Establishment Causes Indicator
Type Flag
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 482
Alcatel
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
Type Flag
Definition This parameter determines whether the cell reselection is controlled by MS or BSS.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0 : MS controlled cell re-selection, no measurement reporting; 1: MS controlled cell re-selection, MS sends measurement reports; 2: Network controlled cell re-selection, MS sends measurement reports; 3: reserved for future use
Mandatory rules The default value NC0 is forced for Alcatel BSS in B7.2.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name network_operation_mode (MFS) HMI name Network mode of operation
Type Number
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging.
Min value 1 Max value 3
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III
Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled.EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III.Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 03.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 483
Alcatel
Logical name NIR HMI name Normal Information Rate
Type Number
Definition Normal Information Rate.
Min value 0 Max value 1984
Def value 0
Unit kbit/s
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NS_ALIVE_RETRIES HMI name NsAliveRetries
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of attempts to test.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 484
Alcatel
Logical name NS_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsBlockRetries
Type Number
Definition maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC.
Min value 1 Max value 12
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NS_Priority HMI name NS Priority
Type Number
Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance NSVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 485
Alcatel
Logical name NS_RESET_RETRIES HMI name NsResetRetries
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of attempts to reset.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 10
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsUnblockRetries
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC.
Min value 1 Max value 12
Def value 3
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 486
Alcatel
Logical name NSEI HMI name NSEI
Type Number
Definition NSE Identifier.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value None
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance NSE
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NSEMAX HMI name NSE MAX
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of NSE per GPU.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 487
Alcatel
Logical name NSVCI HMI name NSVC Identifier
Type Number
Definition NSVC identifier.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value None
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance NSVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name NSVCMAX HMI name NSVC MAX
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of NSVC per GPU.
Min value 124 Max value 124
Def value 124
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 488
Alcatel
Logical name PAN_DEC (MFS) HMI name PAN_DEC
Type Number
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PAN_INC (MFS) HMI name PAN_INC
Type Number
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
Min value 0 Max value 7
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 489
Alcatel
Logical name PAN_MAX (MFS) HMI name PAN_MAX
Type Number
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
Min value 4 Max value 32
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Pb HMI name Pb
Type Number
Definition Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on BCCH.
Min value 0 Max value -30
Def value 0
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 490
Alcatel
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN
Type Flag
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH
Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR
Type Number
Definition The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to the TBF throughput.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 25
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 491
Alcatel
Logical name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR
Type Number
Definition The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used according to the TBF throughput.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 5
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR
Type Number
Definition Anticipation number of RLC data blocks considering a throughput of one PDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 65535
Def value 15
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 492
Alcatel
Logical name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
Type Flag
Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules Should be set to “ordering disabled”, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to “ordering enabled”.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1.
Min value 0 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 493
Alcatel
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 2.
Min value 0 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 2 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 494
Alcatel
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 3.
Min value 0 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 3 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 495
Alcatel
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 4.
Min value 0 Max value 16
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 4 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 496
Alcatel
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
Type Number
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands3,...,255: for future useThis parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is introduced as a provision in the MFS. This information is needed to fill in the SI messages, and should be necessary for the PSI in the future.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of the following values:- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands",- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to GSM850-DCS1800,- GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 497
Alcatel
Logical name PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H HMI name PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H
Type Number
Definition Theshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU critical load state.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 90
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_HPMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L HMI name PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L
Type Number
Definition Theshold below which a GPU leaves the PMU CPU critical load state.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 65
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_HPMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 498
Alcatel
Logical name PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H HMI name PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H
Type Number
Definition Theshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU high load state.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_HPMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L HMI name PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L
Type Number
Definition Theshold below which a GPU leaves the PMU CPU high load state.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 65
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_HPMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 499
Alcatel
Logical name PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H HMI name PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H
Type Number
Definition Theshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU severe load state.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_HPMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L HMI name PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L
Type Number
Definition Theshold below which a GPU leaves the PMU CPU severe load state.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 65
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_HPMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 500
Alcatel
Logical name PRACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES
Type Threshold
Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy.
Min value -110 Max value -50
Def value -106
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 4 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
HMI name Allowed priority classes
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 501
Alcatel
Logical name PTM_BVCI HMI name PTM BVCI
Type Number
Definition PTM BVCI value.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PTP_BVCI HMI name BVCI
Type Number
Definition PTP BVCI value.
Min value 2 Max value 65535
Def value #
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The value is set by the MFS.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 502
Alcatel
Logical name PVC_Level1_down HMI name Level 1 down
Type Number
Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 40
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PVC_Level1_Factor HMI name Level 1 Factor
Type Number
Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering.
Min value 50 Max value 12750
Def value None
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 503
Alcatel
Logical name PVC_Level1_up HMI name Level 1 up
Type Number
Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 70
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name PWRC (MFS) HMI name PWRC
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included
Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 504
Alcatel
Logical name Qsearch(MFS) HMI name Qsearch
Type Number
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.
Min value -98 Max value -50
Def value -50
Unit dBm
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC0: -98: -98 dBm (below)1: -94: -94 dBm (below)2: -90: -90dBm (below)3: -86: -86dBm (below)4: -82: -82 dBm (below)5: -78: -78 dBm (below)6: -74: -74 dBm (below)7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells8: -78: -78 dBm (above)9: -74: -74 dBm (above)10: -70: -70 dBm (above)11: -66: -66 dBm (above)12: -62: -62 dBm (above)13: -58: -58 dBm (above)14: -54: -54 dBm (above)15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(BSC)
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells.
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for 3G neighbour cells”).
Application domain 2G-3GRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to “never search for 3G neighbour cells”) the threshold.This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 505
Alcatel
Logical name RA_CODE (MFS) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
Type Number
Definition Routing Area Code.
Min value -1 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60)other values: external or unknown cell
Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Note: "-1" value will be downloaded to the MFS when the Master Channel feature is supported since every adjacency of GPRS cells (GPRS adjacency and not GPRS adjacency with "-1" value) will be downloaded at this time.”The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 506
Alcatel
Logical name RA_CODE(n) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
Type Number
Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells.
Min value -1 Max value 255
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance adj
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60)other values: external or unknown cellThe initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider."-1" enables the MFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RA is unknown.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Note: "-1" value will be downloaded to the MFS when the Master Channel feature is supported since every adjacency of GPRS cells (GPRS adjacency and not GPRS adjacency with "-1" value) will be downloaded at this time.The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider.Note that, for an external cell or for a cell which does not support GPRS, the MFS may receive the value -1.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider."-1" enables the MFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RA is unknown.The value “-1” also means that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell.In case of inter-operator cell reselection, if the LAC + RAC of the target cell is the same as that of the serving cell, the operator shall enter “-1” for the RAC. This value indicates to the MS the target cell is not in the same routing area as the serving cell.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 507
Alcatel
Logical name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Type Number
Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area.
Min value 0 Max value 14
Def value 8
Unit dB
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER
Type Threshold
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering.
Min value 0 Max value 64
Def value 64
Unit bper
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 64: no filtering
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 508
Alcatel
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT
Type Number
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
Min value 4 Max value 64
Def value 16
Unit Samfr
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 05.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY HMI name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY
Type Flag
Definition This flag determines whether random access retry to another cell is allowed.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 : not allowed, 1 : allowed
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 509
Alcatel
Logical name RATE_RED HMI name rateRed
Type Number
Definition Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 0
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 10%
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment addition since B6.2 due to FR 20/079455
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Resume_retries HMI name Resume_retries
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 510
Alcatel
Logical name round_trip_delay HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS
Type Timer
Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS.
Min value 80 Max value 1000
Def value 160
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=10 ms
Mandatory rules T_dl_assign_ccch < 4.9s - round_trip_delay
Recommended rules --
Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCHsublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay shall not take into account RRBP delay at (MAC) level.The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to take into account the value of round_trip_delay.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R also uses this parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows:- If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R considers that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links,- If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R considers that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links.When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 511
Alcatel
Logical name S HMI name S
Type Number
Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Min value 12 Max value 217
Def value 30
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT.
The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 512
Alcatel
Logical name S_BECN HMI name S_BECN
Type Number
Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SGSNR HMI name SGSNR
Type Flag
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release ’98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release ’99 onwards
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is in provision at ETSI/SMG32.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM 04.18
Spec reference System information management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 513
Alcatel
Logical name SIG_BVCI HMI name SIG BVCI
Type Number
Definition Signalling BVCI value.
Min value 0 Max value 0
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
Type Flag
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Min value 0 Max value 1
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 514
Alcatel
Logical name Suspend_retries HMI name Suspend_retries
Type Number
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN.
Min value 0 Max value 3
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 515
Alcatel
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_ACK_WAIT
Type Timer
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode.
Min value 0.5 Max value 5
Def value 1.2
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS.- T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCHAs T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed in ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting the default values:1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 602. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL two-phase access and UL access on concurrent DL TBF)3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + ¸ 60 (for UL one-phase access on PCCCH)4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode)5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF re-establishment).The following parameters are used in the above formulae:- T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 516
Alcatel
on PACCH (~200 ms)- T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 ms)- T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 ms)
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
Type Timer
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 2.5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 517
Alcatel
Logical name T_AVG_T (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_T
Type Number
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Min value 0 Max value 25
Def value 12
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_AVG_W (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_W
Type Number
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
Min value 0 Max value 25
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 518
Alcatel
Logical name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
Type Timer
Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (trigger T3).
Min value 1 Max value 20
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter, together with the parameter N_MAX_T3_REALLOC, is used to control the extra CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are candidate for periodic resource reallocation, and to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the resources available for packet services.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 519
Alcatel
Logical name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE
Type Timer
Definition Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 0
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules Step size : 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-sequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0 will lead to possible de-sequencing at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it is however recommended in order to minimise the risks.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_delay_gch HMI name T_delay_gch
Type Timer
Definition Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 520
Alcatel
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
Type Timer
Definition This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode.
Min value 0 Max value 500
Def value 200
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 20msec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of this timer is only meaningful when EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = enabled and T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL > 0.It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode. Its value shall ensure that the Mobile Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading too much the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI Commands) shall also be considered.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 521
Alcatel
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL
Type Timer
Definition Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC Dummy UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful data.
Min value 0 Max value 1000
Def value 100
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS may not have the time in 60 msec to get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request description for requesting uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an opportunity for requesting such an uplink TBF establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a specific timer is introduced for the first polling request.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 522
Alcatel
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO
Type Timer
Definition This timer controls the delayed downlink TBF release duration at radio level. It does not include the network response time (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME ) which is added to this value within the MFS in order to compute the overall duration of the delayed downlink TBF release.
Min value 0 Max value 5000
Def value 1200
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100msec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO = 2200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment RRM layer has to add the value of the timer T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME to T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO in order to derive T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL. The latter controls the overall duration of the delayed downlink TBF release and ispassed to the RLC layer.In order for the delayed DL TBF feature to be efficient, T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Rel_Radio should be ¸ greater than the duration from last final Packet DL Ack/Nack receipt to the receipt of the last RLC ¸ block of the next UL TBF:- from final PDAN to next polling: T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_Initial (100 ms)- from the polling to PDAN + channel request description receipt: RTD + RRBP- from PDAN to USF scheduling: 20 (PUAS) + 40- from USF scheduling to first UL RLC block receipt: RTD- from first UL RLC block to the last RLC block: 20 x n_bl x n_TBF (if UL transfer is on one TS)==> 2 RTD + RRBP + 160 + (20 x n_bl x n_TBF) = 600 + (20 x n_bl x n_TBF)with:
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of this timer is only meaningful when EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = enabled.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 523
Alcatel
- RTD = 160 ms (Round Trip Delay)- RRBP = 120 ms (worst case)- n_bl = number of UL RLC blocks- n_TBF = number of UL TBFs on the same PDCHWith n_bl = 10 and n_TBF = 2: T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Rel_Radio > 1000msTaking some margin, the proposed default value is 1200 ms.
Logical name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
Type Timer
Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF.
Min value 0 Max value 2000
Def value 400
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The feature “delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack” can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 524
Alcatel
Logical name T_dl_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH
Type Timer
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at establishing a downlink TBF.
Min value 0.5 Max value 4.7
Def value 1.4
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules step size : 0.1sec
Mandatory rules When the BSC has migrated to B7.2, the T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by a B7.2 OMC as indicated in the table below:
BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms
2/1200/16003/1200/16004/1200/16005/1400/20006/1600/22007/2000/26008/2200/28009/2400/3000
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1).
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 525
Alcatel
In OMC-R B7.2, the T_GPRS_assign_pch parameter is no more changeable and automatically computed by the OMC as a function of BS_PA_MFRMS and round_trip_delay parameters. The T_GPRS_assign_pch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
Logical name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport
Type Timer
Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack with measurements.
Min value 60 Max value 3000
Def value 400
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_FAST_DL_margin HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin
Type Number
Definition Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer (DSP).
Min value 25 Max value 100
Def value 50
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 5ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 526
Alcatel
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_cell HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL
Type Timer
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN.
Min value 0 Max value 10
Def value 0
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with step size 1 second"
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_ms HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS
Type Timer
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message to SGSN.
Min value 0 Max value 250
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameter Th defined in GSM 08.18. According to T_Mobil Requirement "The range of Th is 5 - 250 secondes with a step size 1s"
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 527
Alcatel
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (MFS) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being downloaded to a GPU.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The actual default value depends on the maximum number of GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x MAX_GPU_PER_BSC with MAX_GPU_PER_BSC = 1 for B6.2 and MAX_GPU_PER_BSC = 6 for B7.2.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_INITIAL_PDCH HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH
Type Timer
Definition Repeat timer for initial allocation command message when the cell is initialised.
Min value 1 Max value 255
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 528
Alcatel
Logical name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
Type Timer
Definition Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment.
Min value 1 Max value 60
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS)
Type Timer
Definition Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 60
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC(BSC)
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 529
Alcatel
Logical name T_MPDCH_P_MIN_ACTIV HMI name T_MPDCH_P_MIN_ACTIV
Type Timer
Definition Duration before releasing the primary MPDCH, when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic and Min_MPDCH = 0.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 5
Unit mn
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_MPDCH_REL_PROC HMI name T_MPDCH_REL_PROC
Type Timer
Definition Duration of the MPDCH release procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 60
Def value 30
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 530
Alcatel
Logical name T_MPDCH_S_MIN_ACTIV HMI name T_MPDCH_S_MIN_ACTIV
Type Timer
Definition Mimimun activation duration of a secondary MPDCH.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 5
Unit mn
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 531
Alcatel
Logical name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
Type Timer
Definition This timer indicates the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS. The response time corresponds to T’ – T where T corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T’ the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download.
Min value 0 Max value 5000
Def value 700
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size: 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter can also be used for the Delayed UL TBF feature in a future release.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The value of this timer will be used to compute the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer will TBF releases be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 532
Alcatel
Logical name T_One_Block HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access
Type Timer
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH, when it does not support any GPRS traffic, but one uplink block on it has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment.
Min value 1 Max value 10
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- T_one_block = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_one_block = 2 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_PAG_CS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_CS
Type Timer
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC)
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)
Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 533
Alcatel
Logical name T_PAG_PS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_PS
Type Timer
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface.
Min value 0 Max value 25.5
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC)
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)
Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_PDCH_Inactivity HMI name T_PDCH_INACTIVITY
Type Timer
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH of a cell (except the last PDCH with an allocated transmission resource), when it does not support anymore GPRS traffic.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last
Internal comment In B6.2 this parameter was not in Q3 (I.e. category: CDE and OMC-R access: None (DLS)).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance:- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 534
Alcatel
Logical name T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last HMI name T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST
Type Timer
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of the last PDCH of a cell which has a transmission resource, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore.
Min value 0 Max value 200
Def value 20
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size =1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last
Internal comment In B6.2 this parameter was not in Q3 (I.e. category: CDE and OMC-R access: None (DLS)).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance:- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 535
Alcatel
Logical name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION HMI name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
Type Timer
Definition Timer to limit the duration of the soft pre-emption process (at its expiry, a fast pre-emption is undertaken).
Min value 0 Max value 240
Def value 2
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: immediate fast preemption, step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Preemption < T_qhoT_PDCH_Preemption < T11T_PDCH_Preemption < TCH_INFO_PERIOD
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The parameter is tuned according to the parameters HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS and LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS.If resource reallocation is enabled for trigger T1, TBFs the PACCH of which is impacted by soft pre-emption will be attempted to be reallocated on other PDCHs, unless T_PDCH_PREEMPTION = 0. In the latter case, no resource reallocation will be attempted and the required number of PDCHs will be granted back to the BSC immediately (after abnormally releasing the impacted TBFs).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 536
Alcatel
Logical name T_PSI_PACCH HMI name T_PSI_PACCH
Type Number
Definition Scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13 on PACCH.
Min value 0 Max value 30
Def value 14
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, … 111100 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_RESEL HMI name T_RESEL
Type Timer
Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell.
Min value 5 Max value 300
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 537
Alcatel
Logical name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION HMI name T stop frame relay emission
Type Timer
Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay).
Min value 10 Max value 5000
Def value 100
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance PVC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules step size = 1 ms
Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_TBF_ACTIV HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV
Type Timer
Definition Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released.
Min value 0.1 Max value 5
Def value 0.5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 538
Alcatel
Logical name T_TBF_BCK_REL HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL
Type Timer
Definition Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the MS.Triggering condition:End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received),End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged mode),Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received).
Reseting condition:Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block.
Action on expiry;Release of a TBF
Min value 1.5 Max value 10
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as followed: T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 539
Alcatel
Logical name T_TBF_REL HMI name T_TBF_REL
Type Timer
Definition Guard timer before releasing a TBF.
Min value 0 Max value 5
Def value 0.1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This timer is only used if the "Delayed Downlink TBF Release" feature is disabled (EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = disabled).
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 540
Alcatel
Logical name T_ul_access_max HMI name T_ul_access_max
Type Timer
Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment.
Min value 0 Max value 5000
Def value 1400
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules For B7.2: step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended:i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC.ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio ¸ resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER.It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 541
Alcatel
Logical name T_ul_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH
Type Timer
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at allocating one uplink block (2 phase access uplink TBF establishment).
Min value 0.5 Max value 2.5
Def value 0.8
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table below:
AG_PREMPT_TCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms / Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/1000/1600/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/800/1400/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowedDisabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/1000/1600/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/800/1400/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowedDisabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 542
Alcatel
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowedEnabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/Not allowedEnabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/Not allowedEnabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/Not allowedEnabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Not allowedEnabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Not allowedEnabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowedEnabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowedEnabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of
External comment --
RMS template No
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 543
Alcatel
50 ms.In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch.In OMC-R B7.2, the T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is no more changeable and automatically computed by the OMC as a function of AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCH_CONF, BS_AG_BLKS_RES and round_trip_delay parameters. The T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001.
Logical name T_ul_assign_pccch HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH
Type Timer
Definition Timer defining the number of radio blocks from which one uplink radio block may be allocated to transport the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message in a “2 phase UL TBF establishment on PCCCH” procedure.
Min value 0.1 Max value 0.7
Def value 0.4
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 544
Alcatel
Logical name T_UL_CONGESTION HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION
Type Timer
Definition Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion process.
Min value 1 Max value 300
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH
Type Timer
Definition Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS and the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment.
Min value 0 Max value 300
Def value 100
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 50ms.If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending the Immediate assignment message.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH,too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 545
Alcatel
Logical name T200_GSL (MFS) HMI name T200_GSL (MFS)
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
Min value 1 Max value 1
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T200_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T203_GSL (MFS) HMI name T203_GSL (MFS)
Type Timer
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
Min value 10 Max value 10
Def value 10
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 546
Alcatel
Logical name T3166n HMI name T3166n
Type Timer
Definition Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack for resolution contention.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 547
Alcatel
Logical name T3168 (MFS) HMI name T3168
Type Timer
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.
Min value 1 Max value 4
Def value 1
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:000: 500 ms001: 1000 ms010: 1500 ms011: 2000 ms100: 2500 ms101: 3000 ms110: 3500 ms111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC)The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select the value of 500 ms.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links,- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter.T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered.
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 548
Alcatel
Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Logical name T3169 HMI name T3169
Type Timer
Definition Timer used in the procedure “UL TBF abnormal release” : when the UL TBF is cut due to the radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3182n HMI name T3182n
Type Timer
Definition Timer used in the procedure “UL TBF abnormal release” : when the UL TBF is cut due to continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 549
Alcatel
Logical name T3190n HMI name T3190n
Type Timer
Definition Timer used in the procedure “DL TBF abnormal release” : when the DL TBF is cut due to the radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=1sec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T3191 HMI name T3191
Type Timer
Definition Timer used in the procedure “DL TBF abnormal release” : the timer is used on the network side to define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI can be reused.
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 550
Alcatel
Logical name T3192 (MFS) HMI name T3192
Type Timer
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Min value 500 Max value 1500
Def value 500
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec0 0 1: 1000 msec0 1 0: 1500 msec0 1 1: 0 msec1 0 0: 80 msec1 0 1: 120 msec1 1 0: 160 msec1 1 1: 200 msec
Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (BSC)The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select values lower than 500 ms.
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)- Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
Internal comment Broadcast in PSI
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 551
Alcatel
Logical name T3212 (MFS) HMI name T3212
Type Number
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 30
Unit 6 mn
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (BSC)
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name T391 HMI name T391
Type Timer
Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, §A.7).
Min value 5 Max value 30
Def value 5
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference ITU Q.933, Ann
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 552
Alcatel
Logical name TBF_CS_DL HMI name TBF_CS_DL
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive Packet Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink acknowledged or unacknowledged TBF is changed to CS1 (only in downlink).
Min value 0 Max value 15
Def value 6
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaption but TBF release.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TBF_CS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD
Type Threshold
Definition Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS.
Min value 1 Max value 256
Def value 20
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 553
Alcatel
Logical name TBF_CS_UL HMI name TBF_CS_UL
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated _TS.
Min value 1 Max value 64
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS
Type Number
Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.
Min value 1 Max value 2
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 and CS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 554
Alcatel
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS
Type Number
Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.
Min value 1 Max value 2
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 and CS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Tcorr HMI name T_GCH_CORR
Type Timer
Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel.
Min value 0.1 Max value 2
Def value 0.2
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size=100ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- Tcorr = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- Tcorr = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 555
Alcatel
Logical name Tdsl HMI name T_GCH_dsl
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Min value 100 Max value 900
Def value 400
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules Tdsl < TfreezeTdsl < Trelease
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Testab HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels.
Min value 0.1 Max value 2
Def value 0.2
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size= 100 ms
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- Testab = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- Testab = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 556
Alcatel
Logical name Tfreeze HMI name T_GCH_freeze
Type Timer
Definition Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels.
Min value 100 Max value 1200
Def value 500
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=100ms
Mandatory rules Tfreeze > Tdsl
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRES_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which downlink RLC PDU are not more sent by RRM to RLC.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 84
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 557
Alcatel
Logical name THRES_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_DSP_XON
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which downlink RLC PDU sending from RRM to RLC becomes possible after having previously encountered a DSP congestion.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 80
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 558
Alcatel
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
Type Threshold
Definition Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_XOFF and G_MAX congestion states.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 95.9
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 %
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Recommended rules --
Internal commentThres_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation.A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration.Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned.The default value is the initial one.
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_LOW HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW
Type Threshold
Definition Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion states.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 85
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1 %
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 559
Alcatel
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_OFF HMI name THRES_N_TBF_OFF
Type Threshold
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 79
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_ON HMI name THRES_N_TBF_ON
Type Threshold
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible after previously encountered TBF congestion.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 75
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance GPU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 560
Alcatel
Logical name Tns_alive HMI name TnsAlive
Type Timer
Definition Time-out to trigger the test procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 30
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Tns_block HMI name TnsBlock
Type Timer
Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 120
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 561
Alcatel
Logical name Tns_reset HMI name TnsReset
Type Timer
Definition Time-out for reset procedure.
Min value 1 Max value 120
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Tns_test HMI name TnsTest
Type Timer
Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC.
Min value 1 Max value 60
Def value 15
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
Application domain GPRSRec reference GSM TS 08.16
Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 562
Alcatel
Logical name Trelease HMI name T_GCH_release
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel.
Min value 200 Max value 1200
Def value 500
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules Trelease > Tdsl
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:- Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 563
Alcatel
Logical name TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR HMI name TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR
Type Number
Definition Defines the number of PDCH groups of the same cell that are tried to be mapped on the same DSP, before a new DSP may be selected for the cell.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 4
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment This parameter is used to try to map preferably the PDCH groups of a same cell on the same DSP to make the radio resource reallocation between different TRX possible. High values make the radio resource reallocation feature more efficient, but leads to a less balanced load between the different DSPs on the GPU.
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name Tusl HMI name T_GCH_usl
Type Timer
Definition Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Min value 100 Max value 900
Def value 400
Unit ms
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 564
Alcatel
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 10
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1%
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
Type Threshold
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 15
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1%
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 565
Alcatel
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
Type Number
Definition Number of received RLC data blocks after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
Min value 0 Max value 500
Def value 50
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance BSS
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules step size = 1
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name TX_INT HMI name TX_INT
Type Number
Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Min value 2 Max value 50
Def value 8
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms.
Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.60
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 566
Alcatel
Logical name Tx_integer (MFS) HMI name TX_INTEGER
Type Number
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Min value 3 Max value 50
Def value 32
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC)
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms)Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms)- Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms)
Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per
Application domain GPRSRec reference 3GPP TS 04.18
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 567
Alcatel
51-multiframe- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH.For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1
Logical name UL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT
Type Number
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm.
Min value 1 Max value 16
Def value 1
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS measurements is respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink).
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 568
Alcatel
Logical name USF_NE HMI name usfNe
Type Number
Definition USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF.
Min value 0 Max value 6
Def value 0
Unit None
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 1.
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment addition since B6.2 due to FR 20/079455
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION
Type Number
Definition Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource reallocations due to changing bias.
Min value 0 Max value 100
Def value 50
Unit %
Sub-system MFS
Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size = 10%
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each direction is actually a weighted average taking into account WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of the previous assessment.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 569
Alcatel
Logical name WI_PR HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject
Type Number
Definition Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value 3
Unit sec
Sub-system MFS
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GPRSRec reference None
Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 570
Alcatel
OMC parameters
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address
Type Reference
Definition BSC X25 primary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value *
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address
Type Reference
Definition BSC X25 secondary address.
Min value 0 Max value 255
Def value *
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance BSC
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules --
Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 571
Alcatel
Logical name Cell_Type HMI name Cell Type
Type Abstract
Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template.
Min value * Max value *
Def value #
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11)
Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to “Extended inner” or “Extended outer”.A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Handover preparation
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment *: possible values are:- Single- Umbrella- Umbrella Concentric- Micro- Mini- Micro Concentric (labelled "Micro Multiband" on the HMI)- Mini Concentric (labelled "Mini Multiband" on the HMI)- Indoor- Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI)- Extended Inner- Extended Outer
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 572
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 573
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 574
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 575
Alcatel
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR
Type Flag
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR.
Min value 0 Max value 2
Def value 2
Unit None
Sub-system OMC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Recommended rules --
Internal comment --
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 04.08
Spec reference DTX functional specification
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 576
Alcatel
Logical name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
Type Timer
Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
Min value 2 Max value 3264
Def value 120
Unit sec
Sub-system OMC
Instance cell
Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access OMC local display
Coding rules --
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds
Application domain GSMRec reference None
Spec reference Resource allocation & management
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 577
Alcatel
TC parameters
Logical name T_release HMI name T_release
Type Timer
Definition Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode.
Min value 1 Max value 63
Def value 1.04
Unit sec
Sub-system TC
Instance TRAU
Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules step size = 20 msec
Mandatory rules --
Recommended rules --
Internal comment Coded in the software
Application domain GSMRec reference GSM TS 08.61
Spec reference TC/BTS Interface
Cell Type No
TRX nb No
External comment --
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 578
Alcatel
Default values for RMS templates
Logical name 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3
Template number
EN_BALANCED_CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 4
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 6
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 8 8
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 10 10
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 14 14
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 18 18
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 22 22
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 -12 -12 -12
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 -9 -9 -9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 -6 -6 -6
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 -3 -3 -3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 0 0 0
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 3 3 3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 6 6 6
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 579
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 9 9 9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 12 12 12
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] -53 -53 -53 -51 -51 -51 -60 -60 -60 -74 -74 -74 -53 -53 -53 -53
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] -60 -60 -60 -55 -55 -55 -65 -65 -65 -78 -78 -78 -60 -60 -60 -60
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] -66 -66 -66 -59 -59 -59 -70 -70 -70 -82 -82 -82 -66 -66 -66 -66
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] -72 -72 -72 -63 -63 -63 -75 -75 -75 -86 -86 -86 -72 -72 -72 -72
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] -79 -79 -79 -67 -67 -67 -80 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90 -79 -79 -79 -79
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] -85 -85 -85 -71 -71 -71 -85 -85 -85 -94 -94 -94 -85 -85 -85 -85
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] -91 -91 -91 -75 -75 -75 -90 -90 -90 -98 -98 -98 -91 -91 -91 -91
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] -97 -97 -97 -79 -79 -79 -95 -95 -95 -102 -102 -102 -97 -97 -97 -97
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] -104 -104 -104 -83 -83 -83 -100 -100 -100 -106 -106 -106 -104 -104 -104 -104
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -20
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -10
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -6
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -3
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 3
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 6
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 10
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 20
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 580
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 8 14
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 20
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
VQ_AVERAGE 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
VQ_BAD_RXFER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_GOOD_RXFER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_RXLEV -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95
VQ_RXQUAL 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 581
Alcatel
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell
This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
Parameter Name 1TRX 2TRX 3TRX 4TRX 5TRX 6TRX 7TRX 8TRX 9TRX 10TRX 11TRX 12TRX Comments13TRX 14TRX 15TRX 16TRX
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Following rule is applied : A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x N_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 24
12 12 12 12
BTS_Q_LENGTH 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Freelevel_1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10
Freelevel_2 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 21
Freelevel_3 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 37 40 44 47
Freelevel_4 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 56 61 67 74
Freelevel_DR(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
H_LOAD_OBJ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L_LOAD_OBJ 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 582
Alcatel
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD 6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 583
Alcatel
Default parameter values according to the cell typeThis table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column.The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product.An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella
Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell
Extended outer cell
Indoor Microcell
Concentric Microcell
Concentric Minicell
Concentric indoor
Microcell
A_LEV_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 44 8 4
A_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 22 N/A 2
A_PBGT_HO 12 12 12 12 6 12 12 12 66 12 6
A_QUAL_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 44 8 4
BS_P_CON_ACK 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 22 3 2
BS_P_CON_INT 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 00 1 0
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (B N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A# # #
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE macro (0) *
macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) *micro (1) * macro (0) * micro (1)*
CELL_EV grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0)order (0) grade (1) order (0)
CELL_LAYER_TYPE single (0) * upper (1) * single (0) * upper (1) * lower (2) * lower (2) * single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) *lower (2) * lower (2) * indoor (3) *
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE normal (0) *
normal (0) * concentric (1) *
concentric (1) * normal (0) *
normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0)concentric (1) *
concentric (1) *
concentric (
CELL_RANGE normal (0) *
normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) *
normal (0) * extended inner (2) *
extended outer (1) *
normal (0) *
normal (0) *
normal (0) *
normal (0) *
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4)4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4)
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 584
Alcatel
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella
Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell
Extended outer cell
Indoor Microcell
Concentric Microcell
Concentric Minicell
Concentric indoor
Microcell
DELTA_INC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4)4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4)
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/Aenable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
EN_DIST_HO enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0)disable (0) enable (1) disable (0)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/Adisable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_MCHO_H_DL disable (0) *
disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) *
disable (0) * disable (0) *
enable (1)enable (1) disable (0) *
enable (1)
EN_MCHO_H_UL disable (0) *
disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) *
disable (0) * disable (0) *
enable (1)enable (1) disable (0) *
enable (1)
EN_MCHO_NCELL disable (0) *
enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
disable (0) *
disable (0) *
disable (0) *
disable (0)*
EN_MCHO_RESCUE disable (0) *
disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) *
disable (0) * disable (0) *
enable (1)enable (1) disable (0) *
enable (1)
EN_PBGT_FILTERING enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)disable (0) enable (1) disable (0)
EN_RESCUE_UM N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A enable (1)enable (1) disable (0) enable (1)
EN_RL_RECOV enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
EN_SPEED_DISC disable (0) *
disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
disable (0)disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
Freelevel_DR(n) See TRXnb
See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 * See TRXnbSee TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb
H_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/AN/A N/A N/A
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB5 dB 2 dB 5 dB
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 585
Alcatel
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella
Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell
Extended outer cell
Indoor Microcell
Concentric Microcell
Concentric Minicell
Concentric indoor
Microcell
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB5 dB 0 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB5 dB 1 dB 5 dB
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) *
disabled (1) *
enable (0)enable (0) enable (0) enable (0)
HOmargin (0,n) 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB4 dB 5 dB 5 dB
L_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/AN/A N/A N/A
L_RXLEV_DL_H -91 dBm (19)
-91 dBm (19)
-91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14)
-91 dBm (19)
-96 dBm (14)
-98 dBm (12)
-96 dBm (14)
-96 dBm (14)
-91 dBm (19)
-96 dBm (1
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) -85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm (40)
-85 dBm (25)
N/A N/A -70 dBm (40)
-70 dBm (40)
-85 dBm (25)
-70 dBm (4
L_RXLEV_UL_H -100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (
L_RXLEV_UL_P -95 dBm (15)
-95 dBm (15)
-95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm (25)
-95 dBm (15)
-95 dBm (15)
-95 dBm (15)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-95 dBm (15)
-85 dBm (2
L_TIME_ADVANCE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 N/AN/A N/A N/A
Loadfactor_2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2-2 -2 -2
Loadfactor_3 -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 0 0 -4-4 -5 -4
Loadfactor_4 -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 0 0 -6-6 -7 -6
Loadfactor_5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 0 0 -8-8 -10 -8
MIN_CONNECT_TIME N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s N/A N/A 10 s20 s 40 s 10 s
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 586
Alcatel
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella
Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell
Extended outer cell
Indoor Microcell
Concentric Microcell
Concentric Minicell
Concentric indoor
Microcell
MS_P_CON_ACK 3 s 3 s 3 s 3 s 2 s 3 s 3 s 3 s 2 s2 s 3 s 2 s
MS_P_CON_INT 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s 0 s 1 s 1 s 1 s 0 s0 s 1 s 0 s
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A# # #
N_BAD_SACCH N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A 44 N/A 4
N_BSTXPWR_M 13 13 13 13 15 13 13 13 1515 13 15
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A-47 dBm (63)
-47 dBm (63)
-47 dBm (6
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm (22)
-88 dBm (22)
N/A N/A -88 dBm (22)
-88 dBm (22)
-88 dBm (22)
-88 dBm (2
PENALTY_TIME inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
20 s (0)20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0)
RXLEV_DL_IH -65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-70 dBm (40)
-60 dBm (50)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (4
RXLEV_DL_ZONE N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A-71 dBm (39)
-71 dBm (39)
-71 dBm (3
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO -65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-70 dBm (40)
-60 dBm (50)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (4
RXLEV_UL_IH -75 dBm (35)
-75 dBm (35)
-75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm (45)
-70 dBm (40)
-75 dBm (35)
-75 dBm (35)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-70 dBm (40)
-65 dBm (4
RXLEV_UL_ZONE N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A-78 dBm (32)
-78 dBm (32)
-78 dBm (3
RXLEVmin(n) -100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-102 dBm (8)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 587
Alcatel
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella
Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell
Extended outer cell
Indoor Microcell
Concentric Microcell
Concentric Minicell
Concentric indoor
Microcell
TEMPORARY_OFFSET 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7)infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7)
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm (19)
N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm (19)
-91 dBm (19)
N/A -91 dBm (1
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm (12)
N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm (12)
-98 dBm (12)
N/A -98 dBm (1
U_RXLEV_UL_P -85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm (35)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-75 dBm (35)
-75 dBm (35)
-85 dBm (25)
-75 dBm (3
U_TIME_ADVANCE 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km (62)
35 km (63) 500 m (1)1 km (2) 35 km (63) 500 m (1)
W_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A 11 N/A 1
ZONE_TYPE N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A# # #
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 588
Alcatel
Alphabetic X-reference of tableAll parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided.Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down.
A_LEV_HO BSC A_LEV_MCHO BSC A_LEV_PC BSC
A_PBGT_DR BSC A_PBGT_HO BSC A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR BSC
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR BSC A_QUAL_HO BSC A_QUAL_PC BSC
A_RANGE_HO BSC A_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC ABORT_FRAME BTS
AC_0 BSC AC_1 BSC AC_11 BSC
AC_12 BSC AC_13 BSC AC_14 BSC
AC_15 BSC AC_2 BSC AC_3 BSC
AC_4 BSC AC_5 BSC AC_6 BSC
AC_7 BSC AC_8 BSC AC_9 BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) BSC
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE_DEF MFS ACCESS_RATE_BC MFS ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM BSC
ADDR_MON BSC ADDR_TR BSC AG_FULL BTS
AG_PREMPT_PCH BSC ALLOC_ANYWAY BSC ALPHA (BSC) BSC
ALPHA (MFS) MFS AMR_FR_HYST BSC AMR_FR_SUBSET BSC
AMR_FR_THR_1 BSC AMR_FR_THR_2 BSC AMR_FR_THR_3 BSC
AMR_HR_HYST BSC AMR_HR_SUBSET BSC AMR_HR_THR_1 BSC
AMR_HR_THR_2 BSC AMR_HR_THR_3 BSC AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 589
Alcatel
AMR_START_MODE_HR BSC ATT (BSC) BSC ATT (MFS) MFS
AUT_BAR BSC AUTO_DSC BSC B_NUM BSC
BCC (BSC) BSC BCC (MFS) MFS BCC (n) MFS
BCCH_ARFCN(n) MFS BCCH_CUT_TIMER BTS BCCH_EXT BSC
BCCH_FREQUENCY BSC BF_HI_RX BSC BF_HI_TX BSC
BF_LO_RX BSC BF_LO_TX BSC BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BSC
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) MFS BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_CV_MAX (MFS) MFS
BS_P_CON_ACK BSC BS_P_CON_INT BSC BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BSC
BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) MFS BS_PAG_BLKS_RES MFS BS_PBCCH_BLKS MFS
BS_PRACH_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH MFS
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) MFS BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC
BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC BSC_X25_primary_address OMC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address OMC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 590
Alcatel
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] BSC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] BSC BSIC (GSM) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) BSC
BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY BSC bssgp_T1 MFS bssgp_T2 MFS
bssgp_T3 MFS bssgp_T4 MFS BTS_CIPH_CAP BSC
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND BTS BTS_Q_LENGTH BSC BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS
BVC_RESET_RETRIES MFS BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS C31_HYST MFS
C32_QUAL MFS Call_user_data_sel BSC CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION BSC
CBC_window BSC CBC_X25_primary_address BSC CBC_X25_secondary_address BSC
CBS MFS CCCH_CONF (BSC) BSC CCCH_CONF (MFS) MFS
CELL_BAR_ACCESS BSC CELL_BAR_QUALIFY BSC CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE BSC
CELL_EV BSC CELL_LAYER_TYPE BSC CELL_PARTITION_TYPE BSC
CELL_RANGE BSC CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET BSC
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND BSC Cell_Type OMC CGI_REQD BSC
CI (BSC) BSC CI (MFS) MFS CI(n) MFS
CIC BSC CIR MFS Coding_Scheme BSC
COUNT_DECR BSC COUNT_I_THRESHOLD BSC COUNT_INCR_1 BSC
COUNT_INCR_2 BSC CRC_ERR BTS CRC_MON BSC
CRC_TR BSC CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT MFS CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST MFS
CS_HST_DL_LT MFS CS_HST_DL_ST MFS CS_HST_UL_LT MFS
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 591
Alcatel
CS_HST_UL_ST MFS CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS Def_nb_pdch_cell MFS Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell MFS
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS MFS DELTA_DEC_HO_margin BSC DELTA_INC_HO_margin BSC
DL_POLL_FACTOR MFS DLCI MFS DMA_OVERRUN BTS
DMA_UNDERRUN BTS DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR BSC
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_HR BSC DPC BSC
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) BSC DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) MFS DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) BSC
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) MFS DTX_INDICATOR_FR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_HR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH BSC
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR BSC DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER BSC DWELL_TIME_STEP BSC
EBS MFS EC BSC EC_BAR BSC
ECSC BSC EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE BSC EDR_MSG_ORDER BSC
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED BSC EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL BSC EFR_ENABLED BSC
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)
BSC EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
MFS EN_AMR_CA BSC
EN_AMR_FR BSC EN_AMR_HR BSC EN_BALANCED_CI BSC
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO BSC EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) BSC EN_BS_PC BSC
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR BSC EN_CBL MFS EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP BSC
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK MFS EN_DATA_144 BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 592
Alcatel
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL MFS EN_DIST_HO BSC EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING MFS
EN_DR BSC EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION BSC EN_EXT_DR BSC
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP BSC EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO BSC EN_FORCED_DR BSC
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF BSC EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO BSC EN_GPRS BSC
EN_IC_HO BSC EN_IM_ASS_REJ BSC EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH BSC
EN_INTRA_DL BSC EN_INTRA_DL_AMR BSC EN_INTRA_UL BSC
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR BSC EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED BSC EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE BSC
EN_LNK_M BSC EN_LOAD_BALANCE BSC EN_LOAD_EGSM BSC
EN_LOAD_MNGT BSC EN_LOAD_ORDER BSC EN_LOAD_OUTER BSC
EN_MA_SELECTION BSC EN_MCHO_H_DL BSC EN_MCHO_H_UL BSC
EN_MCHO_NCELL BSC EN_MCHO_RESCUE BSC EN_MPDCH MFS
EN_MS_PC BSC EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO BSC EN_PBGT_FILTERING BSC
EN_PBGT_HO BSC EN_PCR BSC EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO BSC
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING BSC EN_PSI3_Coding2 MFS EN_RES_REALLOCATION MFS
EN_RESCUE_UM BSC EN_RL_RECOV BSC EN_RXLEV_DL BSC
EN_RXLEV_UL BSC EN_RXQUAL_DL BSC EN_RXQUAL_UL BSC
EN_SEND_CM3 BSC EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE BSC EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER BSC
EN_SI13_EXT BSC EN_SOLSA MFS EN_SOLSA(n) MFS
EN_SPEED_DISC BSC EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO BSC EN_TCH_PREEMPT BSC
EN_TFO BSC EN_TFO_MATCH BSC EN_TFO_OPT BSC
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) BSC EN_UL_CONGESTION MFS EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 593
Alcatel
EXT_HO_FORCED BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) MFS
FDD_Qmin(BSC) BSC FDD_Qmin(MFS) MFS FDD_Qoffset (BSC) BSC
FDD_Qoffset (MFS) MFS Filter_Suspend_Cause BSC FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC MFS
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS MFS FORBID_AMR_NS BSC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F BSC
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED BSC FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR BSC FR_INFO_SIZE MFS
FRAME_DISCARD BTS Freefactor_1 BSC Freefactor_2 BSC
Freefactor_3 BSC Freefactor_4 BSC Freefactor_5 BSC
Freelevel_1 BSC Freelevel_2 BSC Freelevel_3 BSC
Freelevel_4 BSC Freelevel_DR(n) BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE BSC
GAMMA_TNx MFS GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
MFS GPRS_DL_Ack_period MFS
GPRS_HCS_THR MFS GPRS_HCS_THR(n) MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MFS
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE
MFS GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS
GPRS_PREF_MARK MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) MFS
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period MFS GSM_PHASE BSC
H_LOAD_OBJ BSC H_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC HIGH_THRES_B_MAX MFS
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED BSC
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED BSC HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) BSC HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) BSC
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) BSC HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT BSC HOmargin (0,n) BSC
HR_ENABLED BSC I_LAPD_MAX_RX BTS I_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 594
Alcatel
I_TX_LAPD BSC IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL BSC INACT_DLCI BTS
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL MFS INTAVE BSC
INTFBD1 BSC INTFBD2 BSC INTFBD3 BSC
INTFBD4 BSC INTFBD5 BSC INVALID_ADR BTS
K_AVG_L MFS K_AVG_Q MFS K_GSL (BSC) BSC
K_GSL (MFS) MFS K_LAPD_OML BTS K_LAPD_RSL BTS
K_LAPDm BTS K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial BSC
K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite BSC
K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial BSC
KEEP_CODEC_HO BSC L_LOAD_OBJ BSC L_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) BSC L_RXLEV_DL_H BSC L_RXLEV_DL_P BSC
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) BSC L_RXLEV_UL_H BSC L_RXLEV_UL_P BSC
L_RXQUAL_DL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC
L_RXQUAL_UL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC
L_TIME_ADVANCE BSC LAC (BSC) BSC LAC (MFS) MFS
LAC(n) MFS LB_DECR BSC LB_INCR BSC
Linkfactor (0,n) BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS BSC
Loadfactor_1 BSC Loadfactor_2 BSC Loadfactor_3 BSC
Loadfactor_4 BSC Loadfactor_5 BSC Loadlevel_1 BSC
Loadlevel_2 BSC Loadlevel_3 BSC Loadlevel_4 BSC
LOW_THRES_B_MAX MFS LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 595
Alcatel
LSA_ID_array (BSC) BSC LSA_ID_array (MFS) MFS LSA_ID_array (n) MFS
LSA_OFFSET BSC M_PEND_A BSC M1 BSC
M2 BSC MAX_ADJ_CELL MFS MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU MFS MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MAX_GCH_DSP MFS
Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MFS Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans MFS MAX_LAPS BSC
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MFS MAX_MPDCH_DSP MFS MAX_MPDCH_GPRS_TRX MFS
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MFS MAX_PDCH MFS MAX_PDCH_DSP MFS
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MFS MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MFS MAX_POW_INC BSC
MAX_POW_RED BSC Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences MFS Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime MFS
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS Max_Resel_Duration MFS Max_retrans (BSC) BSC
Max_retrans (MFS) MFS MAX_RETRANS_1 MFS MAX_RETRANS_2 MFS
MAX_RETRANS_3 MFS MAX_RETRANS_4 MFS Max_retrans_DL MFS
MAX_Retrans_SIG MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MFS MAX_TBF_DSP MFS
MAX_TRC_NUMBER BSC MAX_TRX_DSP MFS MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH MFS
MCC (BSC) BSC MCC (MFS) MFS MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 596
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] BSC
MIN_CONNECT_TIME BSC MIN_MPDCH MFS MIN_PDCH MFS
MNC (BSC) BSC MNC (MFS) MFS MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD MFS
MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H MFS MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L MFS MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H MFS
MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L MFS MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H MFS MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L MFS
MS_P_CON_ACK BSC MS_P_CON_INT BSC MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
MFS
MS_TXPWR_MAX BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) BSC
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BSC MS_TXPWR_MIN BSC
MSCR (BSC) BSC MSCR (MFS) MFS MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 597
Alcatel
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) BSC MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) MFS MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
BSC
N_AVG_I (BSC) BSC N_AVG_I (MFS) MFS N_BAD_SACCH BSC
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS N_BSTXPWR_M BSC N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC MFS
N_CLR_REQ BSC N_DECR BTS N_INCR BTS
N_MAX_T3_REALLOC MFS N_PDCH_Release MFS N_PREF_CELLS BSC
N_PUAS_PPCTA_REPETITIONS MFS N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT MFS N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT MFS
N_TBF_PER_MPDCH MFS N_TBF_PER_SPDCH MFS N_TCH_HO BSC
N_threshold BSC N_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT MFS
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT MFS N_WAIT BTS N1 BSC
N2 BSC N200_GSL (BSC) BSC N200_GSL (MFS) MFS
N200_LE BTS N200_LR BTS N200_OML (BSC) BSC
N200_OML (BTS) BTS N200_RSL (BSC) BSC N200_RSL (BTS) BTS
N200_TD BTS N200_TS BTS N200_TTF BTS
N200_TTH BTS N201 (BSC) BSC N201 (BTS) BTS
N201_C BTS N201_D BTS N201_GSL (BSC) BSC
N201_GSL (MFS) MFS N201_S BTS N2X4 BSC
N3101_LIMIT MFS N3103_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT MFS
N391 MFS N392 MFS N393 MFS
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE
MFS NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER_GPU
MFS NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES MFS
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHANNEL
MFS NB_MAX_SECONDARY_PCCCH MFS NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE MFS
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 598
Alcatel
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH
BSC Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH
BSC NBLK BSC
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP BSC NBR_RESET_REP BSC NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 BSC
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 BSC NCC (BSC) BSC NCC (MFS) MFS
NCC(n) MFS NCC_permitted BSC NCI BSC
NECI (BSC) BSC NECI (MFS) MFS NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) BSC
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER MFS network_operation_mode (BSC) BSC network_operation_mode (MFS) MFS
NIR MFS NS_ALIVE_RETRIES MFS NS_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS
NS_Priority MFS NS_RESET_RETRIES MFS NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS
NSEI MFS NSEMAX MFS NSVCI MFS
NSVCMAX MFS NUBLK BSC NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO BSC
NY1 BSC OFFSET_CA_HIGH BSC OFFSET_CA_NORMAL BSC
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER BSC Offset_Hopping_HO BSC Offset_Hopping_PC BSC
OPC BSC Operator BSC OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) BSC
PAG_BAR BSC PAN_DEC (BSC) BSC PAN_DEC (MFS) MFS
PAN_INC (BSC) BSC PAN_INC (MFS) MFS PAN_MAX (BSC) BSC
PAN_MAX (MFS) MFS Password BSC Pb MFS
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) BSC PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) MFS PDA_FULL BTS
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR MFS
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER MFS PENALTY_TIME BSC PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 MFS
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 599
Alcatel
PG_FULL BTS PING_PONG_HCP BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) BSC
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) MFS PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H MFS PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L MFS
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H MFS PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L MFS PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H MFS
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L MFS POW_INC_FACTOR BSC POW_INC_STEP_SIZE BSC
POW_RED_FACTOR BSC POW_RED_STEP_SIZE BSC POWER_OFFSET_IND BSC
PRACH_BUSY_THRES MFS PREFERRED_BAND BSC PRIO_THR BSC
PRIORITY(0,n) BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
MFS
PROT_MON BSC PROT_TH BSC PTM_BVCI MFS
PTP_BVCI MFS PVC_Level1_down MFS PVC_Level1_Factor MFS
PVC_Level1_up MFS PWRC (BSC) BSC PWRC (MFS) MFS
Q703_N1 BSC Q703_N2 BSC Q703_T1 BSC
Q703_T2 BSC Q703_T3 BSC Q703_T4E BSC
Q703_T4N BSC Q703_T5 BSC Q703_T6 BSC
Q703_T7 BSC Q704_T2 BSC Q704_T4 BSC
Q704_T5 BSC Q707_T1 BSC Q707_T2 BSC
Qsearch(BSC) BSC Qsearch(MFS) MFS QUEUE_ANYWAY BSC
RA_CODE (BSC) BSC RA_CODE (MFS) MFS RA_CODE(n) MFS
RA_COLOUR BSC RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS MFS RACH_BUSY_THRES BSC
RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) MFS
RACHRT BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) MFS
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 600
Alcatel
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS BSC RANDOM_ACC_RETRY MFS RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) BSC
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) BSC RATE_RED MFS RE BSC
RESET_INDEFINITE BSC RESP_REQ BSC Resume_retries MFS
RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX BSC ROT BSC round_trip_delay MFS
RSL_RATE (BSC) BSC RSL_RATE (BTS) BTS RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN BSC
RXLEV_DL_IH BSC RXLEV_DL_ZONE BSC RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO BSC
RXLEV_UL_IH BSC RXLEV_UL_ZONE BSC RXLEVmin(n) BSC
S MFS S_BECN MFS Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH BSC
Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH
BSC SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD BSC SDCCH_COUNTER BSC
SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY BSC SDCCH_LOW_DELAY BSC SGSNR MFS
SHORT_FRM BTS SIG_BVCI MFS SLC BSC
SMS_INHIBIT BSC SMSCB_Features_set BSC SMSCB_Mode BSC
SMSCB_Phase BSC SMSCB_Recovery BSC SMSCB_State BSC
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) BSC SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) MFS SSF BSC
STRIP_O5_CM2 BSC Suspend_retries MFS T(conn est) BSC
T(iar) BSC T(ias) BSC T(rel) BSC
T(sst) BSC T_ACK_WAIT MFS T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH MFS
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP BSC T_AVG_T (BSC) BSC T_AVG_T (MFS) MFS
T_AVG_W (BSC) BSC T_AVG_W (MFS) MFS T_BIND_CNF BSC
T_BTS_EST_CNF BSC T_BTS_RLS_CNF BSC T_BURST BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 601
Alcatel
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC MFS T_CBC_READY BSC T_CFI_TR BTS
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE MFS T_CONNECT BSC T_COUNT_I BSC
T_DELAY BSC T_delay_gch MFS T_DELAY_GSL BSC
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL
MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO MFS
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN MFS T_dl_assign_ccch MFS T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport MFS
T_FAST_DL_margin MFS T_FILTER BSC T_flow_ctrl_cell MFS
T_flow_ctrl_ms MFS T_GPRS_Resume BSC T_GSL_ACK (BSC) BSC
T_GSL_ACK (MFS) MFS T_HCP BSC T_HO_REQD_LOST BSC
T_i BSC T_IA BSC T_INHIBIT_CPT BSC
T_INITIAL_PDCH MFS T_INTRF_L3 BSC T_LB_OV BSC
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL MFS T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) BSC T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) MFS
T_MPDCH_P_MIN_ACTIV MFS T_MPDCH_REL_PROC MFS T_MPDCH_S_MIN_ACTIV MFS
T_MS_CELL_REJ BSC T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME MFS T_One_Block MFS
T_OVL_MSC BSC T_PAG_CS (BSC) BSC T_PAG_CS (MFS) MFS
T_PAG_PS (BSC) BSC T_PAG_PS (MFS) MFS T_PDA BSC
T_PDCH_Inactivity MFS T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last MFS T_PDCH_PREEMPTION MFS
T_PSI_PACCH MFS T_PUA BSC T_qho BSC
T_RCR_ACK BSC T_RECOVERY BSC T_release TC
T_RESEL MFS T_RESET_COUNTER BTS T_RMS_BSC BSC
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF BSC T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC T_RMS_BTS BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 602
Alcatel
T_SDCCH_PC BSC T_SMSCB_READY BTS T_SMSCB_RESP BSC
T_STOP_FR_EMISSION MFS T_SUP BTS T_SYNC BTS
T_SYNCd BTS T_SYNCu BTS T_ta BTS
T_TBF_ACTIV MFS T_TBF_BCK_REL MFS T_TBF_REL MFS
T_TFO BSC T_ul_access_max MFS T_ul_assign_ccch MFS
T_ul_assign_pccch MFS T_UL_CONGESTION MFS T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH MFS
T1_0858 BSC T1_long BSC T1_short BSC
T11 BSC T11_FORCED BSC T13 BSC
T17 BSC T18 BSC T18_Overload BSC
T19 BSC T2_0858 BSC T20 BSC
T200 (BSC) BSC T200_D BTS T200_D3 BTS
T200_GSL (BSC) BSC T200_GSL (MFS) MFS T200_OMU BTS
T200_S3 BTS T200_SD BTS T200_ST BTS
T200_TF BTS T200_TH BTS T200_TRE BTS
T203 (BSC) BSC T203 (BTS) BTS T203_GSL (BSC) BSC
T203_GSL (MFS) MFS T3101 BSC T3103 BSC
T3105_D BSC T3105_D_STOP BSC T3105_F_FR BSC
T3105_F_HR BSC T3105_F_STOP BSC T3106_D BSC
T3106_D_STOP BSC T3106_F BSC T3106_F_STOP BSC
T3107 BSC T3109 BSC T3111 BSC
T3122 BSC T3166n MFS T3168 (BSC) BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 603
Alcatel
T3168 (MFS) MFS T3169 MFS T3182n MFS
T3190n MFS T3191 MFS T3192 (BSC) BSC
T3192 (MFS) MFS T3212 (BSC) BSC T3212 (MFS) MFS
T391 MFS T4 BSC T7 BSC
T8 BSC T9101 BSC T9103 BSC
T9104 BSC T9105 BSC T9108 BSC
T9110 BSC T9112 BSC T9113 BSC
TA_STAT BSC TBF_CS_DL MFS TBF_CS_PERIOD MFS
TBF_CS_UL MFS TBF_DL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_UL_INIT_CS MFS
TCH_INFO_PERIOD BSC Tcorr MFS Tdsl MFS
TEMPORARY_OFFSET BSC Testab MFS Tfreeze MFS
THR_ACT_1 BTS THR_ACT_2 BTS THR_BUFFER BTS
THR_CCCH_LOAD BSC THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 BSC THR_IDLE BTS
THR_LB_OV BSC THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH BSC THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL BSC
THRES_DSP_XOFF MFS THRES_DSP_XON MFS THRES_G_MAX_HIGH MFS
THRES_G_MAX_LOW MFS THRES_HIGH_TX BTS THRES_LOW_TX BTS
THRES_N_TBF_OFF MFS THRES_N_TBF_ON MFS THRESHOLD_1_0 BSC
THRESHOLD_1_1 BSC THRESHOLD_1_10 BSC THRESHOLD_1_2 BSC
THRESHOLD_1_3 BSC THRESHOLD_1_4 BSC THRESHOLD_1_5 BSC
THRESHOLD_1_6 BSC THRESHOLD_1_7 BSC THRESHOLD_1_8 BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 604
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_9 BSC THRESHOLD_2_0 BSC THRESHOLD_2_1 BSC
THRESHOLD_2_10 BSC THRESHOLD_2_2 BSC THRESHOLD_2_3 BSC
THRESHOLD_2_4 BSC THRESHOLD_2_5 BSC THRESHOLD_2_6 BSC
THRESHOLD_2_7 BSC THRESHOLD_2_8 BSC THRESHOLD_2_9 BSC
TL_TCUA BSC TL1 BSC TL2 BSC
TL3 BSC TL4 BSC TLC_CONFIG_T BTS
Tns_alive MFS Tns_block MFS Tns_reset MFS
Tns_test MFS TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD OMC Treassembly BSC
Trelease MFS TRG_SDCCH BSC TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR MFS
TRX_PREF_MARK BSC TS_TCUA BSC TSC BSC
Tusl MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR MFS
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS TX_INT MFS Tx_integer (BSC) BSC
Tx_integer (MFS) MFS U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_DL_P BSC
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_UL_P BSC U_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC
U_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC U_TIME_ADVANCE BSC UI_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS
UL_POLL_FACTOR MFS Use_of_Extended_CBCH BSC USF_NE MFS
VQ_AVERAGE BSC VQ_BAD_RXFER BSC VQ_FER_THRESHOLD BSC
VQ_GOOD_RXFER BSC VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD BSC VQ_RXLEV BSC
VQ_RXQUAL BSC VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER BSC W_LEV_HO BSC
W_LEV_MCHO BSC W_LEV_PC BSC W_PBGT_HO BSC
W_QUAL_CA BSC W_QUAL_HO BSC W_QUAL_PC BSC
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 605
Alcatel
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS WI_CR BSC WI_EC BSC
WI_OC BSC WI_OP BSC WI_PR MFS
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL BSC ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC ZONE_TYPE BSC
End of document
Ed 17 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA Page 606